2nd Year 1st Term

1. Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 7, Track 7.
1
Task 1:
Listening
Scoring System
Total score for listening task is 10.For each correct answer you will get 1 point. For
each incorrect answer you will get 0 point.
Listening 7.1. Listen and fill in the missing words. You will hear it twice.
A: I really 1. __________ it, but when I tried to 2. ___________ it, I just couldn’t get it
anywhere. My friend heard that it was in one shop and he 3. ___________ up for ages, but
they’d run out by lunchtime.
B: The company held a party on a river boat to 4. ___________ their new campaign. It was
absolutely 5. ___________. We also got a free 6. ____________ at the end.
C: The shoes were really expensive but definitely 7. ___________ it. I think the fact that they are
so expensive really 8. _____________ them from the competition.
D: I’ve had this 9. _____________ for 20 years and it still looks good. The material is high
quality and 10. __________________.
2. Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 7, Track 7.2

Task 1:
Listening
Scoring System
- What do you think is the 1. ____________ to successful marketing?

- Well, I think, if you’re talking about an individual marketer, then, er, I’d be thinking
about three 2. ____________ areas. I think, firstly, having a very 3. _____________
curiosity for the customer – really being prepared to do a lot of hard work to get a deep
understanding of their needs, er, their behaviours, and everything that really motivates
them. Now you’ve got to get close to them by, yeah you’ve got to talk to them, you’ve
got to be 4. _____________ them regularly, a lot of marketers don’t do that. But you’ve
also got to be able to do the hard 5. ______________ of all the business data and 6.
____________ to, er, pick up what’s, er, going to be 7. _____________ them and their
behaviours. So that’s customer closeness, um, and that has to be combined with a really
strong business 8. _____________, um, an instinctive understanding of how your
company makes money. So, the job of a marketer being to match the customer need that
we just talked about, with a company’s 9. ______________ and capabilities, so that in
the end you make some money, you make a profit. Um, if you don’t know the numbers, if
you don’t know what you 10. _______________ or lose money, you won’t be successful
and your company won’t be successful.
3 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 7, Track 7.3

Task 1:
Listening
Scoring System
I think the last thing is that, as a marketer, you have to have, um, really great communication
skills because you’re often 1. _______________ for things like profit or 2. ____________,
but in reality it’s another department that actually controls it or delivers it. So it could be 3.
___________ or finance that are actually 4. _____________ pricing, even though marketing
may be normally responsible for it. So as a marketer you have to have a great, sort of, 5.
_____________ skills, communication skills, to get people to understand what’s 6.
____________ the strategies, but also to be motivated to 7. ____________ them for, for you
or for the business. So, I think those are three things – passionate 8. ___________ for the
customer; a strong 9. ______________ understanding of how to make money in the business;
and really strong 10. ________________ skills.

Task 1:
Listening
Scoring System
- Can you give us an example of how Oxford Strategic Marketing helps companies with
their 1. _______________ strategy?
- Well, we’re working for a 2._______________ bank just now and, um, to help them
develop their marketing strategy – in particular their 3._____________ strategy, using
some of the, er, techniques I mentioned before, er, in particular market research. Now a
good marketing strategy is based upon a real understanding of customers as I’ve said, but,
4.______________ that, being able to group customers, to understand who are the most
5. _________________ to your company and who are the least attractive; and then being
able to 6. _____________ your offer and design your offer to meet the needs of the most
attractive groups better, er, than your competitors do. Now, a really good way of doing
this is using a 7. ________________ called customer segmentation – it’s a market
research technique, it’s statistical, um, and what it does is just group similar types of
people together, based upon their 8. _____________, uh, their attitudes, where they live –
those sort of things. So what we did for these, er, um, this client of ours was to design a
questionnaire, to, er, commission it, and then of course to analyse the 9. ______________
and, er, what we did was we found that statistically, um, there were probably about eight
groups of customers that mattered in this market place, um, and before, the bank had
really just been looking at one 10. ________________ of customers – everybody.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
Fiona: Hello.
Martin: Hello, Fiona. This is Martin. How are 1. ___________ going?
Fiona: Fine, thanks.
Martin: I haven’t received your 2. ____________ report yet for the quarter. Any problems?
Fiona: Oh, no. Sorry, Martin. I’ve been really busy lately. But I can tell you, we’ve had 3.
________________ results.
Martin: Good.
Fiona: Yeah. We’ve met our sales 4. ____________ and increased our market 5. ____________
by two per cent. Our 6. ____________ sales were over 1.2 million.
Martin: Over 1.2 million. Great! Well done! What about the new 7. ____________ of shampoos?
Fiona: Well, we had a very successful product 8. ____________. We spent 30 000 on advertising
it and...
Martin: Sorry, did you say 13 000?
Fiona: No, 30 000. We advertised in the national press, took out 9. ____________ in trade
magazines and did a number of presentations to our 10. _____________. It was money well
spent. We’ve had a lot of orders already and good comments from customers.
Martin: I’m really pleased to hear that.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
Martin: Anything else to 1. ______________?

Fiona: Yes, there is one thing. One of my biggest customers will be visiting London next week.
She’d like to have a meeting with you.
Martin: Fine. Could you give me a few details? What’s her name?
Fiona: It’s Mrs. Young Joo Chan.
Martin: Sorry, I didn’t 2. ____________ that.
Fiona: Young Joo Chan. I’ll 3. _____________ that for you. Y-O-U-N-G J-O-O C-H-A-N.
She’s Korean 4. _____________. She’s chief buyer for HDS. Let me give you her phone
number: 82 2 0735 8879. OK? Why not give her a 5. _____________? She’s expecting to hear
from you.
Martin: I’ll do that. But first, let me read that back to you. It’s Young Joo Chan from HDS.
Telephone number 82 2 0735 8875.
Fiona: No, 82 2 0735 8879.
Martin: OK. I’ve 6. ___________ that. Just one more thing. Did she say when she’d like to
meet?
Fiona: Yes, she said next 7.______________ or Friday - that’s the 17th or 18th.
Martin: What about Friday the 18th? I’ll 8. ______________ her a call. Right, I think that’s
everything.
Fiona: Fine. I’ll get that 9. ____________ to you by the end of the week.
Martin: Right. 10. ______________ for now.
Fiona: Bye.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
I: Have you ever bought Kristal 1. ______________ water?

A: Yes, I tried it when I saw it on television.
I: What did you think of it?
A:Nothing special. Just like any other 2. ____________, but a bit more expensive.
I: Kristal is more expensive than some other bottled waters. Do you think it’s 3.
____________ paying extra for this brand of water?
B: Not really. It’s got a 4. _______________ taste, I suppose.
I: Do you think it’s healthier than other bottled waters?
B: Well, they say it is in the 5. _______________. It could be, but I don’t really know. I’ll
tell you in 40 years’ time.
I: Do you buy Kristal bottled water 6. ______________?
C: No I can’t find it in supermarkets. If it’s not in the supermarkets, when am I 7.
_____________ to buy it?
I: When I say Kristal bottled water, what 8. _____________ do you think of?
D: Expensive. I haven’t tried it because I can 9. _____________ a similar bottled water for
10. ____________ the price.
I: Have you tried Kristal water?
E: I’ve never heard of it. Where can you buy it?

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
Recently we decided to open a new 1. ______________office in New York. First I arranged

meeting with finance department to discuss the 2. ______________. We prepared a budget in
details of the 3.______________ costs involved. Then we collected information about possible 4.
______________ for the new office. We considered two options – one in Greenwich Village and
the other near Central Park. After doing some more 5.______________ , I wrote a report for the
6. ______________ of directors.
Unfortunately, we made a mistake when we estimated the costs as the exchange 7.
_______________ changed, and so we didn’t keep within our budget. We overspent by almost
20 per cent. We had to rearrange the 8. ______________ for moving into the building because
the office was not redecorated in time. The board of directors was unhappy because we didn’t
meet the 9. ____________ for opening the office by 15 December. It finally opened in January.
However, we 10.______________ sales of at least $ 500 000 in the first year.
9 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 2, Track 2.2

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. Online 1. ____________have to offer 2. ____________ guarantees to the 3.

_____________.
2. We have to order some 4. ____________ papers.
3. Their site is 5. ______________ to visit. You don’t have to 6. _______________.
4. You’ll have to pay on 7. ____________ of the 8. ______________.
5. They’ll have to 9. ____________ their 10. _________________.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
- Hello. My name’s Glen 1. ____________. That’s S-R-R-A-C-H-A-N.

- The 2. _______________ is 47, Buccleuch Square, Edinburg. I’ll 3. _____________ that
for you: B-U-C-C-L-E-U-C-H.
- So, I’ll go over the name of the 4. ____________ again: El Falaky. That’s E-L, new 5.
_____________, F-A-L-A-K-Y, number 52, Cario.
- I 6. _____________ for de Vuyst Consultants in Brussels, that’s 7. ___________ D-E 8.
_____________ word V-U-Y-S-T. Got that?
- 9. ______________? 10. ______________. M-I-Y-A-K-O.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
Listening.1.10. Listen and fill in the missing words. You will hear it twice.
- If you’d like 1. ____________ details, please call 2.__________ Bucharest office on 00

40 1 3322 040.
- And our 3. ____________ in Tunis is 216 1 768 009.
- Please 4. ______________ our Montevideo 5. _____________. The country code is 598,
and their number is 2 600 5467.
- Yes, we 6. _____________ have an office in Madrid. The number is 328 67 53. The
country 7. ____________ is 34, by the way, and 8. _____________ 91 for Madrid.
- Our 9. _____________ in Bratislava can be 10. ______________ on 421 7 753 0886.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. If we 1. __________ them to finish this 2.____________, they’ll have to work 3.

_____________.
2. If they have to 4. ____________ weekends, they’ll need to be paid 5. ______________.
3. If they’re paid overtime, our 6. _____________ costs will increase.
4. If our production costs 7.______________, we may have to 8. _____________ our
prices.
5. If we raise our prices 9. ___________, no one 10.____________ what will happen.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. A: Right. Let’s get started, shall we? If we buy 100 “Hit” and 200 “Tournament” tennis
rackets, what 1. _____________ you can offer us?
2. B: On an order of that size, and since it’s your first 2. ____________with us, we can offer
5%. But then we can offer 10 % off all quoted prices for 3. ___________ orders above 6
000 Euros.
3. A: All right, that sounds 4. _______________ . Now, if we place an order this week, will
you be able to deliver the goods 5. _____________ two weeks?
4. B: Certainly. And as 6. _____________ payment, we would expect you to pay by bank
transfer as soon as the goods have been 7. _________________.
5. A: Well, we’d rather pay by letter of credit.
6. B: Mmmmm, let me think about that. If we agree to let you pay by letter of credit, the
you’ll have to pay 8. _______________ 30 days, and you’ll have to be 9.
_____________ for insurance as well.
7. A: Fine. That’s it then. I think we’ve 10. ___________ everything.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. A: If we order 200 1.__________, will you give us a 10% discount?

B: I’m afraid we can only offer 5% on orders of that 2. ____________.
2. C: We would 3. ____________ you to cover insurance as well.
D: Sorry, but we can’t agree to that. We 4. _____________ only cover freight.
3. A: We’d like you to 5. _______________ immediately.
B: I’m sorry, but that’s not 6. _______________. We can just guarantee the delivery
within ten days.
4. A: We’ll 7. ____________ the goods by train. Is that all right?
B: We’d 8. _____________ you shipped them by road, in fact.
5. C: You’ll have to pay us in 9. _____________ this time.
D: Well, we’d prefer to pay you on 10. ____________ as usual.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
Zengo Furniture Company Rt. (ZFC Rt.) 1. _______________ in manufacturing and 2.

____________ office furniture. Based in Pecsvarad, in the 3. ____________ of Hungary, we are
the 4. _____________ Hungarian company in our field. We 5. ____________ eight stores
located 6. _____________ the company, and employ 145 people altogether.
Last year our sales 7. ____________ to over 40 million Euros, which represents a 19% increase
over a 8. ______________ year. Our earnings before 9. ______________ and tax were 4.9
million Euros, or 12% of sales. This result is better than the result we achieved the year before,
when the 10. ____________ was equal to 8.7% of sales.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
I: So, Mr Chevrel, your company is called Espace Mode. Is that how you say it?
P: That’s right, yes. Exactly.
I: Where are you 1. _____________, and what exactly do you do?
P: We are situated in Grenoble and we are 2. ______________ and retailers of clothes under the
“C-Kool” and “Mirabelle” 3. _________________ names.
I: Who are your customers?
P: Young men and women from all walks of life, in the age 4. ____________ 16-25. People who
want to feel good and look beautiful! And we also supply 5. ______________ products to agents
and mail order catalogues.
I: What’s the current position of your company? And how many people do you employ?
P: Well. we are among 6. ___________ three in the clothing sector. And as regards our
workforce, we employ almost 300 people.
I: Now, that we are on to figures, would you like to give us some financial information?
P: Certainly. Last year we achieved an 7. ____________ turnover of over 190 million Euros and
generated profits of 7.6 million, that is to say 4% of sales.
I: Finally, how about the future?
P: We’re working on exciting new designs which will 8. ___________ a completely new concept
of 9. _____________ fashion. I’m sure this will make Espace Mode the leader of the European
fashion market.
I: We’re certainly looking 10. ____________ to seeing those new designs. Thank you very much
Mr. Chevrel. We now come to the end of our business programme...

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. A: Were they trying to 1. ______________ a new drug?

B: Well, everybody thinks they 2. ____________.
2. A: She was travelling around the world on her own.
B: Are you 3. ___________ she was?
3. A: Our 4. _____________ weren’t 5. ____________ their range of products very well.
B: Weren’t they really?
4. A: The new product wasn’t 6. _____________ a lot of customers.
B: Well, in fact I 7. ______________ it was.
5. A: He was planning the next advertising 8. ________________.
B: Yeah, and he was 9. ___________ a new product at the 10. ___________ time.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
Speaker 1: All right, then. It seems that we all agree when we should 1. ___________ our new
product, so let’s move on 2. _____________ to advertising.
Speaker 2: As you all know, the 3. _____________ of our meeting this afternoon is to decide
how we’re going to 4. _____________our new range.
Speaker 3: It’s getting 5. ____________ late, so let’s sum up and see what we’ve got so far.
Speaker 4: Martin suggested that we should 6. _____________ supermarkets only. How do you
feel about this? ... Helen?
Speaker 5: OK everyone? So our next 7. ____________ on the agenda is our R&D budget.
Speaker 6: Right. Quite a few suggestions have been made. So let’s stop here for a minute and
recap.
Speaker 7: So, you know what the problem is, and you’ve heard a 8. ____________ of possible
solutions... What are your 9. ____________ on this? ...Kim?
Speaker 8: I’ve called this meeting to 10. _____________ ideas about a new marketing strategy.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. Right. Let’s now have a look at our 1. ____________ figures.

2. I’m not very happy about that I’m 2._____________.
3. 3. ___________ a minute, please.
4. Shall we 4. __________ started?
5. 5. _______________ get down to business.
6. Well, I’m not 6. ____________ about that.
7. What 7. ____________ do you 8. ____________ by “specialist stores”?
8. I’m in mean 9. ______________ of launching the 10. ______________ just before
summer.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
Shall we begin? As you know, we’re going to 1. __________ a 2. ___________ new product
– a 3.___________ soft drink with low 4. ___________ and carbon dioxide 5. ___________.
I’ve called this meeting for two main 6. ____________. Firstly, we still have to agree when
exactly we should launch the product. Secondly, we need your ideas for a 7. ____________
name, as many of you are not 8. ___________ with the name Vitafruit. So, let’s 9.
___________ to the launch date. Sania, what do you think 10. ______________ be the best
date?

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
a) B: How 1. _____________ introducing 2. _____________?

b) B: We could 3. ___________ sure they don’t have to work overtime more than 4.
____________ a week.
c) B: Well, I 5. ____________ you take it home with you and finish it over the 6.
______________, then.
d) B: Shall we call a 7. ____________ to discuss the problem, so we can look for ways of
making them 8. ___________ strict?
e) B: What about asking your boss to stop putting them up?
f) B: Well, I think we should make it 9. ____________ clear to everyone that only mobiles
may be used for 10. _____________ conversations.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. C: What about finishing 1. ____________ on Fridays?

2. A: Why don’t we have 2. ___________interviews with each member of 3.
____________?
3. D: Have you 4. __________ of making working hours more 5. _____________?
4. B: I think we should 6. __________ smoking on all our 7. ______________.
5. A: Why don’t we 8. _____________ the staff restaurant to make it look more 9.
_______________?
6. B: How about offering staff free yoga classes?
7. D: I suggest that we 10. __________ staff holidays from three to four weeks.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. A: David, have you 1. __________ Elisa Vasconcelos?

B: No. Hello Elisa. Nice to 2. ___________ you.
2. A: Jameel, do 3. ___________ know Silvia?
B: Yes, of course. Hi Silvia, 4. __________ to see you again.
3. A: 5. ___________ do you do. My name is Joko Hartono.
B: 6. ___________ to meet you. Mine’s Brendan Lenehan.
4. A: How are 7. _____________?
B: Fine, thanks. It’s good to be 8. _______________.
5. A: Can I 9. ____________ you something to drink?
B: That would be nice. Thanks. I’ll have some 10. ____________ juice.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. A: Ah, hello Miss Peterson.

B: Hello Mr. Gallegos, It’s Mrs. Peterson, 1. ____________. How can I help you?
2. A: ... and my 2. ____________ report will be 3. __________ you by the thirtieth.
B: Sorry, Ranesh. We’re talking about the 4. _____________.
3. A: So their number is 020 8224 7895.
B: No, 5. ______________.
4. A: ... and you said the 6._____________ agency was at 75 Birchington Street.
B: Well, it’s Birchington Road, actually.
5. A: Good to 7. ____________ you increased your market 8. ___________ by 9.5%.
B: Sorry – I said 5.5%.
6. A: I hear 40 % of the people you 9. _____________ had difficulty 10. ___________ our
products.
B: That’s not quite right, I’m afraid. I said 14%.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. A: We 1. ___________ an increase in sales.

B: Are you 2. __________ that business is picking up, then?
2. A: I don’t think I can finish my 3. ___________ by Wednesday.
B: So what you’re saying is that you won’t be able to 4. ___________ the deadline.
3. A: Unfortunately, they did not 5. _____________ the costs 6. _____________.
B: You mean, it was a lot more expensive?
4. A: I hope Peterson will attend the 7. ____________ meeting.
B: You mean, you’re not completely sure he’ll come?
5. A: They’re not expecting to move into their new offices 8. ____________ January.
B: So what you’re saying is that they are not 9. _______________ to their plan.
6. A: It seems that there’s going to be a 10. ____________ delay.
B: What exactly do you mean by “slight delay”?
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
Kati: Ana?
Ana: Yes. Speaking.
Kati: Hi. I’m 1. ___________ about our visitors from Stockholm. I’m afraid they’ve changed
their plans.
Ana: You 2. ____________ they’re not coming next week?
Kati: Yes, they are. But they’re 3. _____________ on Thursday, not on Wednesday as they
originally planned.
Ana: I see. So what about 4. ____________ meeting?
Kati: Well, I think they’re going to be very busy all day Thursday. You know, the Performance
5. ____________ and all that. They could see you after that, but I’m sure Friday morning would
be 6. ____________. Would 10 o’clock be 7. ____________ to you?
Ana: Well, I’m seeing an important client at 10:15. I can’t change that, I’m afraid.
Kati: How about 8. ____________, say 8.30?
Ana: All right. Let’s make it 8 o’clock, just to be on the 9. ______________ side.
Kati: Fine. I’ll 10. ____________ the appointment as soon as possible.
Ana: Thanks, Kati. That’s great.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. A: What do you usually 1. _________ after work?

B: Not 2. __________. I sometimes 3. ____________ a video.
2. A: Any plans for this evening?
B: Well, I’d just like to stay in the hotel and 4. _______________.
3. A: What do people here usually do at weekends?
B: Many people go to their holiday 5. _____________ in the 6. ______________.
4. A: We’re 7. ______________ out. Why don’t you join us?
B: That’s very kind of you, but some other time.
5. A: How do you usually 8. _______________ the summer?
B: We all 9. _______________ to see my parents in Toulouse.
6. A: So what do you think of Copenhagen?
B: It’s great. Thanks for 10. _____________ me around.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. Hello, this is Max. I’m 1. __________ about your presentation on Friday. Just a 2.
___________ of questions. What time 3. ____________ you like to start? And is the 4.
__________ room OK? Thanks. Bye.
2. Hi. Sue Shart from Datatrax here. I’m phoning about your 5. _____________ number
AB/987. We don’t have item 14 in 6. ____________, I’m afraid. Can we send you
another model of the same quality?
3. Hi. This is Phil from Human 7. ____________. I’m phoning about next week’s job
interview. How many 8. _____________ do you want to interview? And something else:
do you 9. ___________ any help?
4. Hello. Yeliz Gumus here. I’m ringing about your visit to Izmir. I’ve booked you into the
Crawn Plaza Hotel. Could you send me your 10. ____________ details, by the way?
Thanks.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
Speaker 1:
... so it was relatively easy to agree on transport and insurance, but they wouldn’t give us the
usual 10% 1. ______________. We told them 5% was unacceptable. They wouldn’t 2.
________________, so in the end we said we didn’t want the goods, and we turned to a new
supplier.
Speaker 2:
... yaeh, bosses come and go, don’t they? The new one seems OK. At least she listens to us.
That’s what we need in 3. _____________ – more than in any other department, I think. The one
before was so 4. ________________ and unsympathetic, he just couldn’t work with us. That’s
when three of our best representatives decided to leave the company.
Speaker 3:
... and he called me into his office on Tuesday morning and started 5. ______________ at me!
Would you believe it? He said that I always 6. ______________ in my reports late. Fortunately, I
still had that e-mail he’d sent me, informing me he was expecting my report on Thursday
afternoon. I showed it to him, and in the end he did say he was sorry for being 7.
_____________. Good thing he did, otherwise I was prepared to 8. ______________.
Speaker 4:
Every week I had four or five employees come up to me and complain about all the paperwork
and about having to work much longer hours because of that. I knew they were right; there had
been far too many 9. ________________. What could I do? I thought the best compromise was
to hire some part-time administrative assistants, and that’s exactly what we did.
Speaker 5:
We were working on the same project in three different teams, each working according to a
different schedule. We were getting on well in my team – until Tony Debeer joined us, that is.
We disagreed about almost everything, and I found him very 10. _______________. We
couldn’t be more different, in fact. I found it all very stressful, so I just said to our team leader
that the schedule no longer suited me, and I asked her to transfer me to another team.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
A: Phillip’s Office 1.___________ International. Good morning.

B: It’s Mary Li here, from Sun Sing 2. ______________.
A: Hello, Ms Li. How can I help you?
B: I’d like to 3. ______________ a complaint.
A: What 4. ____________ to be the trouble?
B: You have just sent us the wrong 5. _____________, I’m afraid.
A: Can you give me the details, please?
B: Right. The invoice number is 202.A and the order number you quote is BG/505. In fact, out
order number is BG/503.
A: Now, let me see...I’m terribly sorry. It’s our 6. ___________ entirely. I’m 7. ____________
there’s been a 8._____________.
A: I’ll look into it and 9. ______________ you back as soon as possible.
B: Thank you.
A: Don’t 10. ______________ it. Goodbye, Ms Li.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. A: Did the unemployment 1. ____________ decrease?

B: Yes, it went down by 0.5% to 2. __________ 11.3%.
2. A: Do you know the Footsie 3. ____________?
B: Hold on... Yes, it closed 144.2 4. _____________ higher at 5.833.9 points.
3. A: What’s the basic rate of income 5. ___________ in the UK?
B: Well, it was 6. ____________ from 23 to 22% a couple of years ago.
4. A: And what percentage of all income 7. ___________ pay the basic rate?
B: About 75 or 80%, I think.
5. A: What’s the euro-dollar 8. ___________ rate?
B: Mmm, somewhere between 0.79 and 0.82 9. _______________ the dollar, I’d say.
6. A: What’s the population of the UK?
B: Just over 60.5 million. So that’s about 250 people per square 10. _______________.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
And now in our 1. ____________ programme, here is The Country in Figures.

The growth 2. ____________ of the economy last year was 3.1%, and the GDP per capita was 26
200$.
The inflation 3. _______________ was 2.3 %.
The labour 4. ________________ is estimated at 2 967 million; 81% are employed in the
services, 14% in industry and 5% in 5. __________________.
The unemployment rate 6. ____________________ to 4.9%
Finally, let’s turn to the budget. 7. _______________ totalled 54.7$ billion, and 8.
____________ 53.1$ billion.
With me in the studio is Professor Gary Myers of the national Institute of Economics. So,
Professor Mayers what are the 9. ______________ for the next 10. ____________ months?
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. ... and it comes in two elegant colours and gives you optimum efficiency while taking up
a minimum of space. In just a few minutes water is heated to the 1.____________
temperature for a rich Italian taste. And a small heater built into the top will always keep
your cups perfectly warm...
2. ...and it’s got a timer, which makes it ideal for office or domestic use. It’s 75 cm high, 45
cm wide, and 30 cm deep, and 2. _____________ 40 kg. It’s ideal for room sizes of up to
25 sq. M. Besides its incredible 3. _____________ facility, it also has a heating mode...
3. ... it is designed for those who want 4. ___________ in their business and need high-
quality colour documents. It can 5. ___________ paper type, and then select the ideal
mode for any paper and film...
4. ... it is the most exclusive model in our Eternity collection, designed for you to enjoy the
art of 6. _____________ timekeeping. It has got a steel casing, a pearl white 7.
______________, and a large red second hand. It comes with a black natural rubber strap
that has our logo in 8. _____________ and white enamel on it...
5. ...it is robust, but not noticed easily. It uses PIR (Passive Intra Red technology) to detect
body heat if somebody breaks in. And the whole system is controlled by a user-friendly
9. _______________...
6. ... Spacious and light, it is provided with a removable divider, key operated locks and
digital 10. ______________. Made from highly resistant cowhide leader, it includes a
new innovative twisting handle...
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
1. And here is the business 1. ____________. This month 2. _____________ is up by 1.2

per cent. The unemployment 3. ____________ is now 5 per cent giving an 4.
_____________ figure of 1, 258, 000.
2. Lazer plc, the supermarket 5. ______________, reports that profits 6. _____________ 12
per cent to just over 1.8$ billion, with sales increasing a healthy 18 per cent.
3. General Engineering said it would reduce its 7. ______________ by one-third over the
next five-years, resulting in the 8. _____________ of 5 000 jobs.
4. The Central bank has 9. _____________ interest rates by 0.5 per cent. Turning to the 10.
______________ economy, this will grow by 2.8 per cent next year.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
I usually 1. ____________ to work before my boss 2. ___________ and as soon as I arrive I

3. _____________ my e-mail and post. I 4. ____________ try to answer all important 5.
_____________ before I go to lunch. While I’m having 6. ______________, I often discuss
problems with 7. ______________. When I work long hours, I can take time off 8.
____________ day. I have a lot of 8. _____________ over when I arrive at the office and
when I leave, depending on the daily 10. _______________.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
The economy is 1. ____________ following the problems of the past two years. By
following a tight 2. _____________ policy the government has 3. ____________ the
inflation rate to 2 per cent. After going up 4. _____________, the interest rate is now down
to 8 per cent. The last six months has seen a 5. _____________ improvement in the exchange
rate against the dollar. The GDP has grown by 0.15 per cent. Exports are increasing and the
balance of 6. ______________ is starting to look much healthier. The unemployment rate
continues to be a problem as it is still 16 per cent. In order to 7. _______________ the
economy and attract foreign investment the government is offering new tax incentives as
well as making a 8. ______________ effort to reduce government 9. ______________.
Finally, a large skilled labour force 10. ______________ there could be attractive investment
opportunities over the next five years.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
I: What are some of the problems 1. ____________ new businesses, in your experience?
RMC: I think some of the problems facing new businesses are really to do with management 2.
_____________. Often a new business is 3. ______________ out of somebody who has a really
good idea, has a really good 4. ____________, has a, a really good knowledge of a certain thing,
such as... anything from biology to carpentry, and they form a business out of that 5.
______________ knowledge. The problem is they don’t have 6. _____________ business
knowledge, er, to go around that, so enough knowledge of finance and book-keeping, of
marketing, of, er human 7. ____________, HR issues, for want of a better word, er, or of the 8.
___________ that these need to be, in a small business, 9. ____________. So it really is the lack
of business and management skills that I find is the real 10. _______________ problem with 90
per cent of the new business that I work with.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
RMC: I think this is a very big problem, er, 1. ___________in the UK. There are so many
different agencies that say they help small businesses to get 2. ___________. It’s very patchy
– in some 3. ____________ of the UK, they’re very good. In other areas, they’re very 4.
_____________. And it’s difficult for a lot of people starting a business or small businesses
who have been in operation for a while to 5. ____________ them. Er, so, lawyers help small
businesses, 6. _______________ help small businesses, banks say they help small
businesses, 7. ____________ universities help small businesses. And then you have a myriad
of independent 8. ______________ who want to sell their services to small businesses. So
there is a lot of help out there. The trouble is, it’s a very 9. _____________ and complicated
picture and we often find that people running small businesses are so 10. ______________,
they don’t bother – and that’s a problem, because they need to bother.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
I: What are the most 1. ____________ causes of 2. _____________ at work?

EC: There are a number of 3. ___________. The first, I would say, is 4. ____________
expectations about what a contract can deliver; um, 5. ____________ of flexibility, when
expectations are not being met – business people can be not as flexible, um, in the 6.
____________; lack of communication – communicating badly or not communicating at all; 7.
______________ differences of view about how a commercial arrangement is 8.
______________ to work; a change in 9. ____________, change of management structures;
simply, a component in a piece of machinery failing; a specification not being 10.
_____________ thought; many, reasons.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
Listening 9.4 . Listen and fill in the missing words. You will hear it twice.
1. This is Jenny. I’m 1. ____________ about the conference. Great news! I’ve found the
hotel with good 2. __________. So how many rooms do you want to 3.
______________?
2. Hi. This is Jason. I’m phoning about the management 4. ____________ course. I want to
5. _____________ my place on the course. By the way, who is 6. _____________ it?
Thanks.
3. Oh hello, this is Carol. I’m ringing about next Friday’s meeting. I’ve 7. _____________
two questions. Firstly, how many people will there be at the meeting, and 8.
_____________, what time will it finish? OK? Bye.
4. Hi. This is Maria from France. I’m phoning about the 9. _____________. How much did
you spent on the Tokyo trip? I need to fill in the expenses 10. ____________ by Friday.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
A: What are you planning this evening, Rachel?

R: Nothing really. Maybe I’ll look over my notes for 1. ___________’s presentation.
A: Look, why don’t you 2. ___________ a little? I’m going to a restaurant tonight with a few 3.
_____________ – you’ve met one or two of them – would you like to come with us? It’s in the
4. ______________ centre. We could have a few drinks 5. _______________.
R: Well, it’s very 6. _______________ of you, Alexandra, but I think I’d like to relax at the hotel
7. _____________, if you don’t 8. ______________. I’m a bit tired quite 9. ______________.
A: Are you sure? You’ll really enjoy it.
R: It’s very kind of you but 10. ____________ another time.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
M: I don’t know too much about Sweden really, Sven. What do people here like doing in their 1.
____________ time?
S: Well, Marta, Swedish people like to be in the open air. They’re very 2. ___________
conscious. So they enjoy playing sports, football, tennis, skiing and 3. ____________ in the
winter. And of course a lot of people have summer 4. _____________, by the sea or 5.
_______________. So they go there at the weekends and relax, swim, go 6. ____________, and
so on.
M: Interesting. And what about you, Sven, what do you usually do after work? In the evenings?
S: I usually watch television. And often I have a 7. ___________ with my family. We enjoy that
a lot. How 8. __________ you, Marta?
M: Well, generally I spend time with my children, and read to them before they go to bed. After
that I sit down, 9. _____________ to my husband, and then we 10. ___________ about what to
watch on television!

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
M: I’ve really enjoyed the trip, Sven. I’m 1. __________ we’ll be doing a lot of business
together in future.
S: Yes. There is a lot of 2. ___________ in Sweden for your products, and we can help you 3.
___________ up 4. ___________ here.
M: Good. I think so too. Thanks very much for your 5. ___________. I really enjoyed the meal
tonight. And also thanks for showing me round yesterday. It was 6. ___________. I feel I know
Stockholm a bit now.
S: I’m glad you enjoyed the tour, Marta. We’re very 7. ___________ of the city as you may
know. Well, I hope you have a good journey back. We’ll be in 8. ___________ soon, I’m sure.
M: Yes. I’ll call you back as soon as I’ve talked to my colleagues about the 9. ____________.
We’ll take it from there.
S: Goodbye, Marta. All the best.
M: 10. _____________, Sven.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
I: And how do you help to 1. ___________ such business disputes?

EC: As a 2. ____________, I work with commercial parties in business 3. ___________ in a
number of ways. Firstly, I will normally work for at least a day. I will 4. __________ an agenda
for the day. I will ensure that I get the personnel who have the ability to make the decision to get
involved in the 5. ____________ process. I will ensure that we have a full and frank discussion
with the parties in disputes about the 6. ___________ as they understand them. I will ensure that
I create the environment so that the parties are able to discuss difficult issues 7. ____________,
both together and privately.
As a mediator, you have to exercise 8. ____________ and you have to work skilfully with the
parties to get a full understanding of not just the history, but particularly the benefits of 9.
____________ the dispute for the future. Three elements: creating focus, for a 10.
_____________ period of time; creating the right atmosphere for difficult conversations to take
place; and making sure you have decision-makers willing to grapple with the issues.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
I: What do managers 1. ___________ in order to be good managers of people?

NN: They need to understand that there are things that motivate everyone and these are some
very 2. ____________, common themes like, people 3. ____________ about their families,
people – everybody wants to make a difference, everybody needs to be respected. But then the
more difficult thing is to understand how everybody is 4. ____________ and different, and
different to the way you, as a manager, are. And the 5. ___________ here, therefore, is to like to
know what the world looks like from, 6. ____________ the eyes of another person, of each other
person who reports to you. In order to do that, you need to 7. ___________ the art of asking
questions and listening to people, and asking not just any questions but questions that 8.
_____________ tell you about what a person’s drivers, unique 9. ______________ are, and what
a person’s 10. ____________ are in this situation that you share.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
I: What changes have you noticed 1. __________ in the way people behave at work?
NN: Er, I think we – everything is moving much faster. We 2. ____________ to be, er, going at
50 kilometres an 3. ___________, and now we’re going at 150 kilometres an hour. Um, people
are doing, trying to do more and more in less and less time. And the most important thing is to 4.
___________ back and take a, a 5. ____________ view, as from a 6. __________, you might
say, to see where what you’re doing fits into a bigger picture, um, and to make time to 7.
_____________. We don’t reflect enough – it’s one of the things that gets 8. ___________ out,
gets destroyed by the 9. ____________ of time pressure that we’re under. So 10.
_____________ back is what I would recommend people to do.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
Managing international teams can present 1. __________ problems. How can managers prepare
themselves for this?
NN: The 2. __________ thing of course is to figure out what you take for granted that other
people don’t take for 3. ___________. Er, we, and it’s because we take it for granted that we
don’t even think about it – the 4. ___________ that we make. You step into another culture and
you need to realise that you 5. _____________ understand what you don’t take for granted any
more, but do you understand how much other people are taking for granted in the new culture?
Otherwise, you know these cultural differences, although they are very important, to some 6.
____________ are 7. _____________. The real differences are still the important differences
between people. You go and walk, work in another culture and just because people 8.
_____________ the same 9. _____________ your eyes, that doesn’t mean to say that they are
the same. They’re 10. __________ and different individuals and you really need to remember
that.
Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
GM: We just don’t have enough 1. ____________ for everyone. We need the spaces for
managers and 2. ___________ who visit us. Sorry, Tracy, but that’s it.
UR: Well, you’ll have to think again. OUR 3. ___________ arrive early. They need somewhere
to park.
GM: Look, Tracy, I understand what you’re saying, but it just isn’t possible anymore.
UR: Well, that’s a typical management attitude. The staff are not going to 4. ___________ it. I
warn you, Tom, this could lead to a 5. ____________.
GM: Oh come on, Tracy... you know we’ve got a parking problem. We’ve got to do something
about it. OK, how about this? What if we 6. _____________ five spaces for staff, and it’s first
come, first served.
UR: Sorry, that isn’t good enough. It’s not a 7. ____________ to the parking problem, and you
know it.
GM: There is another possibility. How about if the staff park their cars near the station?
UR: Some of them do that already. But they have to 8. ____________ quite a bit, you know. The
cost goes up every six months. You can’t 9. _____________ everyone to do that, surely.
GM: OK, Tracy. What if we could help towards the cost? We might be able to pay, say, thirty
per cent.
UR: Yes...it’s worth considering. It might help.
GM: Right. I’ll discuss this 10. _____________ at the next board meeting. Staff will park in the
public car park, and we’ll contribute thirty per cent towards the cost.
UR: That’s it then.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
A: I’d like a really interesting report on an important business topic. Something that makes you
1. ____________. Plenty of facts and details. If a company’s having problems, give us all the
information. If there’s a new tax 2. ____________ business, tell us all about it.
B: I think the 3. _____________ should be two young people with lots of personality, who know
a 4. ____________ about business. A male and female - that’d be perfect.
C: Please, please, don’t be 5. ____________. What about a funny story, something light which
will make us 6. _____________ on our way to work?
D: The programme must be 7. _____________. Maybe you could have a topic for the day and
get people to phone in with their 8. _____________. Then we could talk about it at work.
E: We’d all like sort interviews with 9. _____________ people. Maybe some advice – they could
talk about mistakes they had made and how to 10. _______________ them.

Task 1: Listening
Scoring System
I: Can you give us some examples of businesses which were 1. _________ through good
planning?
TG: Small and medium-sized businesses – SMEs as they’re called in the 2. ___________ –
um, those that grow fast and profitably always have good business plans and good business-
planning processes. And this has been identified as one of their critical success factors. And
the best, and the best SMEs involve people in the creation of their plans to 3. __________
ownership. There’s no point in 4. ____________ a plan and then asking people to follow it 5.
____________. The worst employees will, the best won’t. The best companies communicate
them all to their staff. Everyone needs to know the destination and be inspired by it.
Everyone needs to understand their personal contribution to achieving the goals set out in the
plans and they must have their 6. ___________ and own them, um, um, accordingly. There’s
no business that is not helped by good planning. The best example, um, is Green & Black
chocolate, which is quite, quite a famous one. Now that’s owned and was run by a chap
called William Kendall. Before he had that business, he owned a business called the Covent
Garden Soup Company. And he wanted to sell that business, but he hadn’t plan to sell it. And
he 7. ____________ it very difficult to sell – it took him almost 2 years to sell that business
because no one believed that they could 8. ____________ it as well as he could, so there was
nothing in it for the purchaser. When he then made an investment in Green & Black, he
immediately planned to sell the business, and what he did was he went to Cadbury’s and said,
“Would you like to take a 9. __________ in my business?” and Cadbury’s took ten per cent.
10.____________ars later, Cadbury’s have now them out, and that’s good planning.
1.
Task 2: Vocabulary and grammar Task

Scoring System
Totalscorefor thetaskis10.For eachcorrectansweryouwillget0.5point.Foreachincorrect
answeryouwillget0point.
A. Put the verb in the correct tense form.
1. The board meeting ______________(to start) at 3. 30 p.m.

2. My grandfather _____________(to have) a very strong character and everyone respected
him.
3. I’ll come home as soon as the concert _____________(to finish).
4. I _______________(to play) badminton with Matthew tomorrow.
5. Janet said that she _______________(to want) to learn how to paint.
6. The computer ______________(to belong) to Emma.
7. You ______________(to notice) that Caroline has started to behave a bit strangely
recently?
8. Our teacher ______________(not to feel) well, but she continued with the lesson.
9. We had our English exam this morning. I hope I ____________ (to pass).
10. We first ____________ (to visit) China in 2006.
2
Scoring System
1. Dad ________________(to be) under a lot of stress at work, so try not to annoy him.
2. I’m hungry. I ___________(to want) something to eat.
3. Mrs. Turner said that they _______________(to be) building a house outside town.
4. Mum said she ____________(to be going to) bake a cake.
5. She described the picture she ___________(to paint) at that moment as modern, but it
looked quite old-fashioned to me.
6. Tom wouldn’t forgive Jenny if she _____________(to tell) everyone his secret, and nor
would I.
7. If we all _____________(to recycle) our paper, fewer trees would be cut down.
8. The number of cars on the road ____________(to increase).
9. My German teacher says I _______________(to make) a lot of progress this term!
10. Whenever I _____________(to try) to react a joke, I can never remember it.
3
Scoring System
1. My sister _____________(to be) an architect so she is involved in designing buildings.

2. We have got plenty of chairs, thanks. We _______________(not to want) any more.
3. When I got there, they ___________(not to wait) long.
4. Andy said Richard ___________ (to pass) the driving test.
5. The castle is perfectly preserved, so it _______________(to be) just like it was four
hundred years ago.
6. I broke my leg when Tony and I _______________(to practice) for the school sports day.
7. The earth slowly _____________(to get down).
8. I ______________(to like) Picasso’s paintings but I’m not familiar with his sculptures.
9. My attitude towards life _______________ (to be) that you should enjoy yourself and not
worry too much about the future.
10. He’ll send you a text message before he _____________(to leave).
4
Scoring System
1. Jim said they _____________ (to stay in) that night to watch TV.
2. My friend is finding the life in Paris a bit difficult. He ______________(to speak)
French.
3. Peter couldn’t answer the question, so he thinks he _____________(to fail).
4. I tried to explain how to use oil paints to Martin, but he _____________(not to
understand).
5. Many plants and animals are in danger of becoming extinct, so if they ____________(to
do) we will never see them again.
6. What time you _____________(to take) the French exam tomorrow?
7. If you _____________(to be upset) try taking long, deep breaths to calm down.
8. Most students live quite close to the college so they ______________(to walk) there.
9. The weather is quite mild here, even in winter. It rarely ______________(to snow).
10. Jorge said he ______________(to think) of going on a diet.
5
Scoring System
1. I _____________(to leave) you a list of instructions on the kitchen table. Make sure you
follow them!
2. I’m quite busy these days, I _____________(to do) a course at college.
3. They had to remove one of the paintings from the exhibition because it ___________(to
be) damaged.
4. Roger first _____________(to run away) from home when he was only thirteen years old.
5. Scientists _____________(to name) the new planet “Sedna”.
6. Some languages, like Russian for instance, _____________(not to have) words for “a”,
“an” and “the”.
7. My sports kit is really muddy. This shirt ______________(to need) a good wash.
8. I _____________(to drive) you to the airport?
9. Jill said she _________________(to snowboard) the year before.
10. It ______________(to be) freezing in here! Let’s put the heating on!
6
Scoring System
1. Vincent Van Gogh _________________(to have) an influence on many other painters.

2. You _______________(to write) that e-mail for over an hour. How long is it going to
take you?
3. School ________________(to start) again in September.
4. After drying her eyes, Molly ________________(to go on) telling us why she was so
unhappy.
5. No breakfast for Mark, thanks. He _______________(not to eat) breakfast.
6. Darren drew a picture of a horse and it ______________(to be) brilliant.
7. Karl said he _________________(to call) me the next day.
8. If you _______________(to get) lost in the desert, there will be no one around to rescue
you!
9. What’s the matter? You ________________(not to look) very happy.
10. I must get back to the office. We (to work) on a new project.
7
Scoring System
1. I ________________(to get) a very good mark in my geography test.

2. Will you go to St. Petersburg while you ________________(to be) in Russia.
3. Janet _____________(to say) that she wanted to learn how to paint.
4. Climate change _______________(to be) a global problem. Every country in the world is
affected.
5. Arthur said they _______________(to fly) home the next week.
6. My sister left Warwick University after she _______________(to get) her degree.
7. Don’t try to ring the bell. It ________________(not to work).
8. I’ll phone you if we ______________(to solve) the problem.
9. Mrs. Turner said that they __________________(to build) a house outside the town.
10. And then the man said...oh, hang on a second! I ________________(to forget) the ending
to the joke!
8
Scoring System
1. Leon never __________________(to talk) about it but he was once a world champion
skier.
2. I __________________(not to see) a lot of wildlife, because I live in a big city.
3. This drink _______________(to contain) any sugar?
4. I’m at the kitchen now and I _______________(to get) the lunch ready.
5. I _____________(to finish) my homework a few minutes before the lesson started.
6. I hate telephone answering machines. I just _____________(not to like) talking to them.
7. Keith ________________(to say) they were working on their website the next day.
8. Sam is in bed with flu, so he _________________(not to go) to school today.
9. Come on and get ready or we ______________(to be going to) be late.
10. We need to remove the old wallpaper from the walls before we _____________(to put)
the new one up.
9
Scoring System
1. It _______________(to be) very unusual to see this species of bird round here at this time
of year.
2. It ______________(to be going to) rain, so take the umbrella.
3. You _________________(to suffer) from bad headaches for a long time?
4. Many people hate learning phrasal verbs, but in fact they _____________(to be) not that
difficult.
5. I __________________(to think) of going on a computer course.
6. Matthew is good at badminton. He ______________(to win) every game.
7. The drawing of a horse _________________(to go) a bit long, so I changed it into a
camel.
8. If it ___________________(to have) six legs, it is probably an insect.
9. You ______________(to want) to come jogging with me?
10. I’m at the station and I ________________(to be waiting) for the train.
10
Scoring System
1. I’ll call you as soon as we ______________(to solve) the problem.

2. Penny ________________(to run) to catch the bus when she slipped and fell.
3. Where you usually _______________(to go) in Christmas Day?
4. Humans and monkeys _______________(to be) different types of mammal.
5. If you _______________(to make) a mistake, just cross it out.
6. When I broke my hand it _____________(to be) very painful, but now it doesn’t hurt at
all.
7. Tina is only two, so I was amazed by the picture she ______________(to draw).
8. Denise ________________(to work) at the stadium until he finds a better job.
9. We always travel by bus. We ________________(not to own) a car.
10. You all _______________(to make) a lot of progress this year. Well done!
11
Scoring System
1. I think I ______________(to put on) a few kilos over the last few months!
2. I only ______________(to do) the washing-up for a few minutes, when Clair came home,
so she offered to finish it.
3. I only __________________(to learn) Arabic for a few months, so I’m still a beginner.
4. I’m afraid football _____________(not to make) any sense to me – men running after a
ball.
5. It’ll be a few days before we _____________(to find) the solution.
6. Picasso _______________(to be) a huge influence on me as a painter.
7. My plane _______________(to leave) at six.
8. I always get nervous before I ______________(to take) an exam.
9. The injection is quite painless. You even _____________(not to feel) the needle going in.
10. Three of the answers were incorrect, so you _______________(to get) 17 out of 20.
12
Scoring System
1. Snakes and lizards _________________(to be) different types of reptile.

2. I ________________(to wait) outside the tennis club for a long time, but George didn’t
appear.
3. You ________________(to want) to go to the theatre tomorrow?
4. It’s the first time I ______________(to get) all the answers right in the test.
5. She ______________(to meet) the CEO at 2 p.m.
6. Look at this wonderful still life – it ________________(to be) a picture of fruit in a bowl.
7. You _______________(to hear) what the weather forecast is for tomorrow?
8. I just _________________(to buy) a new cookery book. It’s got some great recopies in it.
9. I _____________(to make sure) that I would answer all the questions and then I handed
in my test paper.
10. The exam already _______________(to start) when Jimmy finally found the right room.
13
Scoring System
1. I won’t call you until we _____________(to find) a solution.

2. I _____________(to fall over) and my knee is still a bit painful, but it’s slowly getting
better.
3. When you _______________(to ring) I was in the middle of cleaning my football boots.
4. Mrs. Cross ______________(to be) a teacher for twenty years before he became a head-
teacher.
5. Britain is experiencing a heat wave at the moment. It _______________(to be) usually
hot and it hasn’t rained for several weeks.
6. You ______________(to do) that crossword for over an hour and you still haven’t
finished it!
7. There’s a lot involved in writing a symphony. It _______________(to take) a lot of hard
work.
8. Over the last ten years, there ______________(to be) a reduction in the number of
children being born in this country.
9. It’s nearly the end of term, so it ______________(to be) the holidays soon!
10. On coming Monday she _________________(to meet) Alison at Friends Café.
14
Scoring System
1. You ever ______________(to be) on a school trip?

2. It ________________ (not to be going to) rain much, but there might be the occasional
shower.
3. We finally ______________ (to get) to the stadium just in time to see the match start.
4. You _____________(to talk) on the phone since 8 o’clock?
5. It is not Karen’s intention to give up eating meat completely. She just _____________(to
want) to eat it less often.
6. Derel asked if I was familiar with an artist called Titian and I _____________(to say)
yes.
7. Carl is a computer expert. Why _______________(not to ask) him to fix your computer?
8. Lizzie _______________(to have) dance classes since she was four years old.
9. During the thunderstorm, the thunder was so loud that I _____________(to hide) under
the bed!
10. You already _______________(to give) James his birthday present when we gave him
ours?
15
Scoring System
1. Rebecca is really clever. She always ______________ (to know) the answer.
2. You look thinner. You _____________(to lose) weight?
3. If you ___________(to ignore) the doctor’s advice, you won’t get well.
4. I love the way they _____________(to design) the cup without a handle.
5. You ______________(to learn) French for several years before you took your first exam?
6. I just _______________(to play) football for fun, and I don’t want to do it as a job.
7. It’ll be great when we ________________(to find) a solution.
8. In 2015, more than a million tourists _______________(to visit) our local area.
9. Lightning hit a tree in the garden during the thunderstorm and a branch ____________(to
come off).
10. Kevin said he ______________(to love) classical music and his favourite composer was
Mozart.
16
Scoring System
1. My mum often makes the old lady who _________________(to live) next door some
soup.
2. This spoon is bent. I _____________(to get) another one.
3. Doctors finally _______________(to find) treatment for malaria?
4. You ______________(to know) which platform our train is on?
5. We _____________(to lose) the match because we played worse than the other team did.
6. They all _______________(to do) their homework.
7. Rosalind is a really talented musician, but she _______________(not to practice) enough.
8. When you look at his notebooks, you can see that Leonardo da Vinci
________________(to be) really intelligent.
9. I loved that film, and when it ______________(to come out) on DVD, I’ll definitely get
it.
10. My mum _______________(to work) in a bakery, so she brings some loads of lovely
cakes.
17
Scoring System
1. We ____________ (to have) a terrible journey and now I’m just happy to be at home.
2. I think I ________________ (to buy) for Carl a computer game for his birthday.
3. We were happy because we all _____________(to do) our homework.
4. I _____________(to go) to the theatre four times last month.
5. It _______________(to rain) a lot in England, so the countryside is a lot greener than in
Greece.
6. Todd is really artistic. He _____________(to love) painting, playing music and writing
poetry.
7. I wasn’t sure of the answer, so I _____________(to guess) and I was right.
8. “You ever ________________(to travel) abroad?” – “”Yes, I went to Italy last year.
9. I’m sure we _____________(to find) your bag soon. When did you last see it?
10. I never ________________(to have) a serious medical problem, thanks goodness!
18
Scoring System
1. When you saw Eugene he ___________(to go) home?

2. I _____________(to get) to the party early than everyone else, so I had to wait.
3. That CD ______________(to cost) me fifteen Euros.
4. I _____________(to take) a lot of preparation to get the show right, but it was worth it.
5. Gail _____________(not to tell) that she would help me, so I wasn’t angry when she
didn’t.
6. You ever ______________(to consider) becoming a professional singer?
7. You ________________(to lend) me some money until Saturday?
8. Susan _____________(not to buy) her mum a birthday present yet.
9. When there is a flu epidemic, old people ____________(to be) particularly at risk.
10. Mum asked if I ______________(to want) to go to the Dali exhibition, and I said yes.
19
Scoring System
1. I hear her new CD is better than her last one. What you _______________(to think)?
2. By the time I got to class, the lesson _____________(to start).
3. Another word for “clever” ______________(to be) “smart”.
4. I’ll be in the office while I _____________(to deal) with this problem.
5. How long ago they ________________(to start) trading?
6. I ____________(to put on) a lot of weight recently, so I’m thinking of going on a diet.
7. Just ______________(to put) the statue in the corner of the room for now.
8. You might create something that is wonderful, but remember that it _____________(to
be impossible) to achieve the perfection.
9. Mum _______________(to drink) her cup of tea for several minutes before she realized it
had salt in it!
10. Everything on the menu looks delicious! Erm…I _________________(to have) Chicken
Kiev, please.
20
Scoring System
1. I’m disappointed. I _____________(to think) you could have done a lot better on this
test.
2. The other students were talking and laughing, but Jamie ______________ (to
concentrate) on his work.
3. I ______________(to read) an interview with Brad Pitt, but I haven’t finished it yet.
4. The teacher ______________(to check) the answers before the lesson.
5. Don’t get that colour – green ____________(to go out) of fashion last year!
6. The price of the batteries _______________(to go up). They are a lot more expensive
than last time.
7. Our art teacher _______________(to give) us a lot of freedom to paint what we want to.
8. I ______________(to take) you to the bus station, if you like.
9. I ______________(not to sleep) well at night and I often feel tired during the day.
10. The gallery was too big to see it all in one day, so we _____________(to leave out) the
modern paintings.
21
Scoring System
1. If you can do maths problems in your head, then you ___________(to be) good at mental
arithmetic.
2. Angus ____________(not to practice) the piano and he has got a lot worse.
3. It’s the first time we ______________(to watch) a video in class.
4. She ______________(to get ready) all day when they called to say the party had been
cancelled.
5. My parents said they _____________(to want) to build a play area at the back of our
house.
6. I _____________(to get) a mark of nineteen out of twenty in the test.
7. I ________________(to think of) running a marathon, so I had better get myself in
shape!
8. One day people ____________(to live) on Mars in special buildings.
9. I _______________(not to win) the lottery. Maybe I will be luckier next time.
10. How’s the match going? Our team _____________(to win)?
22
Scoring System
1. I asked her when she _____________(to be) finish making her model.
2. I left after I ______________(to finish) the test.
3. I will have to search for that book because I _____________(to have) no idea where it is.
4. Unless it ____________(to rain), we will go to the beach.
5. It was a fantastic experience because I never _____________(to fly) in a plane before.
6. No, there _______________(not to be) any problems with delivering you new furniture
next week.
7. In addition to all the fruit I _______________(to eat) I also have a vitamin pill once a
day.
8. Jan said it _______________ (to be) look nice if we put some candles in the corner of the
room.
9. Don said he _____________(to have) an art lesson that night.
10. The door is open, so you can get in the car, if you _____________(to like).
23
Scoring System
1. I think these biscuits are even nicer than the last ones you ___________(to make).
2. Georgia ___________(to have shower) when someone knocked at the door.
3. I never ______________(to understand) why they give us so much homework every day.
4. As soon as we ______________(to solve) the problem I’ll call you.
5. I suggest to find a new architect who ____________(to understand) what you want.
6. Things ______________(to become) fashionable and then go out of style very quickly.
7. I think I _____________ (to put on) weight in the last few months.
8. It ____________(to rain) when we set off on our walk, but it soon stopped.
9. Kelly ____________(not to know) what to say so she hesitated before she answered.
10. We___________ (to come) at six to help you get things ready for dinner?
24
Scoring System
1. Simon just ______________(to finish) the test when the bell rang.
2. The Russian athlete threw the discus farther than all the others and ____________(to
win) gold.
3. We loved the hotel, so we _______________(to go back) here the following year.
4. The boys ______________(to play) computer games since this morning?
5. John said that they _____________(to paint) a picture for art class.
6. The milk _____________(to go off).
7. How you ________________(to feel) about this?
8. Amy asked if I ______________(to see) her silk blouse.
9. Ray ______________(to feel) as he was getting off the bus and couldn’t walk properly.
10. Everyone _______________(to use) their brain when they think.
25
Scoring System
1. I _____________(to finish) my homework before bed, though it was difficult.

2. I’m a bit scared because I ______________(to see) a dentist this afternoon.
3. I _______________(to ask) Amy if I could see her drawing.
4. We always____________ (to pay) someone to maintain the block of flats we live in.
5. The taxi driver asked us to get out on the right because it_____________ (to be) safer.
6. We ____________(to drive) to Berlin this week.
7. I hope James ____________(to get over) his illness soon.
8. I thought the exam _____________(to be) difficult but, in fact, it was really easy.
9. I left only after I ______________(to finish) the test.
10. The assistant _____________(to say) the T-shirts were made out of cotton.
26
Scoring System
1. If Mum and Dad _____________(to find out) you will be in big trouble.
2. Belinda said I _____________(to be) enjoy the snow.
3. Before Darren _____________(to set off) on his journey, he packed some boots and
plenty of warm clothes.
4. Fifty years ago people ___________(not to spend) as much on entertainment as they do
today.
5. Unless the traffic ______________(to be) bad, she’ll be here at 6 o’clock.
6. If you are tired, _______________(to lie down) on the sofa for half an hour.
7. Although my homework _______________(to be) difficult, I finished it before bed.
8. The helicopter ________________(to take off) and suddenly we were in the air!
9. Do you remember feeling excited the first time you_____________ (to go) on a train.
10. I asked my mum what tools I ______________(to need) to fix the car.
27
Scoring System
1. Many people, for example my brother, _______________(to prefer) to do something

active rather than do homework.
2. Oscar says he _____________(to do) the washing-up after dinner.
3. Without saying anything a man ________________(to get into) his car and drove up the
road.
4. I’m afraid we already _______________(to make) plans for this weekend, so we won’t
be free.
5. Unless I _______________(to be) tired, I’ll come to the party.
6. If you work in an office, you ________________(to spend) most of the day sitting down.
7. In fact, teachers at school are really nice, but some ______________(to be) nicer than
others.
8. Oscar _______________(to buy) some material to make a costume for the fancy dress
party.
9. We _______________(to do) grammar exercises for over an hour, so we were really
bored.
10. We ran to the train and _________________(to get on) just before it started to move.
28
Scoring System
1. What’s the first thing you want to do when we _____________(to reach) New York?
2. I have to revise tonight because we _____________(to have) an exam tomorrow.
3. Be quiet and let me______________ (to tell) you how I feel.
4. If you are a teacher, you______________ (to spend) a lot of time standing.
5. The jeans are too loose. You ____________(to have) a smaller size?
6. You ever_____________ (to have) guitar lessons?
7. You _______________(to think) you get a good education at your school.
8. You ______________(to do) anything special tonight?
9. If we ________________(to be) quick, then maybe we can still catch the bus.
10. They had a break because they______________ (to work) so hard.
29
Scoring System
1. You _____________(to go) to Australia next Christmas?

2. I fell down on the way home from school and ____________(to hurt) my knee.
3. I don’t like your striped dress. It _________________(to make) you look like a zebra!
4. I _____________(not to be) an expert. I’m only a beginner.
5. We moved to a new town and I like it here a lot, but at times I____________ (to miss)
my old friends.
6. Pedro_______________ (to have) English lessons since he was 5 years old.
7. Holly and I ran from the house to the taxi because it ______________(to rain) heavily.
8. Unless you hurry up we _______________(to be) late.
9. Ouch! These shoes are far too checked. You_______________ (to have) any in a bigger
size?
10. Kate_________________ (to find) Peter in tears and asked him what was wrong.
30
Scoring System
1. My dad has put on two kilos since he_____________ (to give up) smoking.
2. Isaac ________________(to tell) us a really funny joke, but I can’t remember it!
3. I ______________(to join) the company in 1989.
4. Pam ________________(to pretend) to be happy, but I knew she was sad.
5. I______________ (to want) silence at all times during the exam.
6. I didn’t like Ted at first, but after a while I realised that he_____________ (to be) a really
nice person.
7. We’ll watch the video unless Sarah ______________(not to come).
8. I’m sure you________________ (to pass) your driving test. Don’t worry.
9. I have got a headache, so I________________ (to be going to) lie down.
10. She _______________(to teach) German here for over 10 years.
31
Scoring System
1. Woman asked the assistant if they_____________ (to have) any jackets suitable for a
one-year-old girl.
2. Tony _______________(to study) for hours. So he had a headache.
3. I’m afraid that answer is incorrect, so you _______________(to win) today’s top prize.
4. Rob and Christine’s parents________________ (not to improve) their relationship, so
they had to meet in secret.
5. It’s strange that you mentioned the film “Crash”. I just_____________ (to read) about it
in the paper.
6. You _________________(not to understand) division? Look! Twelve divided by four is
three.
7. My mum________________ (to have) flu but she is getting over now.
8. It ______________(to be) important to have a sense of humour or it’s easy to get
depressed.
9. This woollen jumper is really rough. I ______________(not to like) wearing it because it
makes me itch!
10. If you want me to, I______________ (to complain) to the manager about it.
32
Scoring System
1. I ________________(to tell) that joke at least ten times and everyone always laughs at it.
2. I’ll buy a ticket as soon as I _____________(to get) my pocket money.
3. Top musicians _______________(to study) many years?
4. This chicken _______________(to smell) awful. It must have gone off.
5. I was made to feel bad by Toby about what I _______________(to do).
6. She_____________ (to hope) to win the competition since the summer.
7. The ancient Egyptians almost always ______________(to wear) white clothes.
8. I know I should recover more often, but it ______________(to be) not easy to find the
time.
9. This is really difficult to understand. Why we _________________(not to simplify) it a
little?
10. The food was great, although it _______________(to be) very expensive.
33
Scoring System
1. Two men _____________(to argue) outside, so I went to see what was happening.
2. Actors have to memorize a lot of words when they______________ (to be) in a play.
3. It ____________(to take) you a few weeks to completely suffer from your illness.
4. At nine o’clock last night I _____________(to watch) TV.
5. My younger brother can be really naughty and he always ______________(to get) into
trouble.
6. Maria was in tears after the lesson, so I _____________(to ask) her what was wrong.
7. Feel this material. It ________________(to be) so soft and smooth. I bet it’s really
expensive.
8. I _________________(to stop) caring about what other people think.
9. I’ll get my dad a book for his birthday unless I ______________(to find) something
better.
10. I never _____________(to hear) of a “sudoku”. What is it?
34
Scoring System
1. Both my grandparents ________________(to cough) from arthritis.

2. Ben is really serious and I don’t think he _____________(to have) a sense of humour.
3. We ____________(to talk) about the Internet before the lesson started.
4. You _____________(not to cheat) in the exam, did you?
5. “We’re moving house tomorrow”. – “Really? I ______________(to help) you with the
furniture.”
6. I’ll send you a text message while I ______________(to be) on the bus.
7. I ______________(to pass) my exam! Let’s go out and celebrate!
8. I won’t buy a new pair of jeans unless Mum ________________(to give) me some
pocket money.
9. If he ________________(to win) the match, he will be the world’s champion.
10. We _______________(to learn) about dinosaurs at the moment at school.
35
Scoring System
1. Mr. Gray ______________(to teach) here since 2006.

2. Harry isn’t very good at volleyball, but he’s really enthusiastic. He _____________(to
put) a lot of energy into it.
3. Matt ____________(to hate) people who tell lies and so do I.
4. Most students did very well. However, a few students _____________(to do) very badly.
5. When we go on holiday, it always _______________(to take) a few days to completely
relax.
6. You_________________ (to go) to the trade fair last month?
7. Daniel ______________(to call) you at one o’clock yesterday, but you were here with
me.
8. I think you_______________ (to confuse) astronomy with astrology – they’re not the
same.
9. Jack is confident now, but he used to be really shy and______________ (not to like) to
meet new people.
10. Although the book was expensive, the CD______________ (not to be) very expensive.
36
Scoring System
1. I hope our plane _______________(to arrive) on schedule. I’m bored just sitting here,
waiting.
2. “John is a better player than Martin, isn’t he?” – “Oh, yes. He ______________(to win)
the match tomorrow.”
3. I ______________(to think) of joining a gym to get more exercise.
4. If you ____________(to come) by bus, don’t forget to get off at the stop outside the bank.
5. I ______________(not to have) enough money to pay for the meal! It was really
embarrassing.
6. Jane and I listened to Gut’s explanation, but neither of us ____________(to believe) him.
7. I hope Mr. Aziz ______________(not to ask) me a question about the book because I
haven’t read it!
8. Graphic images _________________(to have) excellent results this year.
9. I _____________(to study) all day.
10. I’m trying to work, and that loud music _______________(to begin) to annoy me!
37
Scoring System
1. Look at Jenny! She is either happy with her exam results, or she ___________(to win)
the lottery!
2. Living on the coast is great. I _____________( to love) walking on the beach every
morning.
3. By the time I arrived, everyone _____________(to leave).
4. I can’t cope with all the homework I ______________(to have got) to do.
5. The Petersons moved house because living on a main road____________ (to be) really
noisy.
6. The referee _____________(to blow) his whistle and the game started.
7. The cowboys ____________(to get off) their houses and went the rest of the way on foot.
8. I ____________(to finish). Can I go home?
9. It ______________(to rain), so Wendy decided to go to the cinema.
10. You ______________(to give) Jane a dozen roses on her birthday! Oh, that’s so
romantic!
38
Scoring System
1. We ______________(to eat) breakfast when a letter came through the letter box.
2. The CD was expensive. It _____________(not to be) a very good quality, however.
3. Steve ______________(to see) the film, so he didn’t come with us to the cinema.
4. My opponent was a brilliant player and I _______________(not to manage) to win the
match.
5. My brother always _______________(to borrow) my CDs without asking!
6. I ____________(to do) my homework last night.
7. Jodie and Marshall are splitting up because they ______________(to be tired) of arguing
so much..
8. It ____________(to be) very rude of Nick not to thank you for her present.
9. Neither I nor Boris______________ (to be) to Poland before.
10. I ______________(to dream) about my favourite band when the alarm clock went off.
39
Scoring System
1. Lisa’s group just ______________(to reach) number one with their new song!
2. Paula could neither read nor write until she ____________(to be) seven.
3. Tina_____________ (not to finish) doing the housework by 7 o’clock, so she called
Andrea to tell her she would be late.
4. I _____________(to forget) his name twice.
5. Although the water was cold, we still____________ (to go) swimming.
6. You_______________ (used to) eat ice cream every day when you were four?
7. Al neither plays tennis nor _______________(to watch) it on TV.
8. I_____________ (to do) grammar exercises for over an hour.
9. I took a big risk by doing the parachute jump, but I______________ (to love) every
second of it!
10. The car broke down just after we ____________(to set off).
40
Scoring System
1. Roy was the best player, so he wasn’t surprised when he _____________(to become) the
captain of the team.
2. While I ____________(to practice) the trumpet late last night, a neighbour came to
complain.
3. Jim was neither surprised nor shocked by what I___________ (to say).
4. I______________ (to try) to work! Could you please turn your music down?
5. Stacy___________ (to get ready) for school, so she can’t come to the phone
6. I didn’t eat anything at the party because I already ______________(to eat) at home.
7. There is no need to be embarrassed about crying. Everyone _____________(to do) it.
8. Neither Alex nor Gareth knew that I______________ (to see) to take the money.
9. Just ask and I’m sure the other children _______________(to let) you join in.
10. They are having a break now because they ______________(to work) so hard.
41
Scoring System
1. They ___________(to have) a subsidiary here since 1952.

2. A mobile phone ______________(to ring), but the musician just carried on playing.
3. Although my Mum ____________(to have got) a mobile, she never uses it.
4. I thought it was strange when both Ian and Anne _____________(to leave) at the same
time.
5. You ____________(to hear) about the accident before you saw it on TV?
6. I_____________ (not used to) like eating cabbage, but now I love it!
7. I got to the post office just before it closed and ______________(to send) the letter.
8. We just _____________(to hear) the news when you rang.
9. Evi was neither embarrassed nor angry when Victoria ______________(to tell) her to
shut up.
10. I ________________(to decide) to become a vegetarian and give up meat.
42
Scoring System
1. She ____________(to write) an article for the school newspaper. She has started but she
hasn’t finished it yet.
2. I _____________(to have) neither the time nor the money to go on holiday right now.
3. Both you and Silvia _____________(to grow up) in the south of France?
4. Debbie ____________(to be) sorry for what we said to you, and so I am.
5. What’s going on? I hope you _____________(not touch) my things!
6. I already _____________(to think) of that before you suggested it.
7. Everyone ____________(to clap) when the singer came on stage.
8. Edward and Nigel both ______________(to want) to go on holiday, but they couldn’t
afford it.
9. I ______________(not to like) sweets, although I do like chocolate.
10. Karen _____________(to take) the keys from the kitchen table and ran out the door.
43
Scoring System
1. Rick ________________(used to) have blond hair when he was a little boy?
2. She _______________(to write) an article for the school newspaper. She has finished it.
3. When I ______________(to win) the race I was both exhausted and happy.
4. At the cinema Mom sat on the right, Dad _______________ (to sit) on the left and I sat
in the middle.
5. When I turned on the TV, the program already __________(to start).
6. How many people ______________(to work) here next year?
7. Why both of you _______________(not to wait) here while I go and see if Stuart is in.
8. Call me as soon as you _____________(to have) any news.
9. She ______________ (to work) at the museum until the end of the month.
10. Ed _____________(not to want) to become a professional footballer. He just does it for
fun.
44
Scoring System
1. I ____________(to think) about last night’s match.

2. She’ll have to do a lot of revision before she _____________(to take) the exam.
3. My mum said she was both proud and nervous when I ____________(to appear) in the
school play.
4. She was hungry because she____________ (to eat) anything all day.
5. John and Julie_____________ (to have) their car for about a year.
6. Do you remember the time we___________ (to go) to India on holiday.
7. What’s the name of that song you _____________(to sing) earlier.
8. I was surprised that both Mary and Oliver _____________(to be) late for the meeting.
9. You______________ (to hear) the joke about the man with a frog on his head?
10. What you ____________(to think) about his new song?
45
Scoring System
1. Are they going to visit you while they _____________(to be) in the UK?
2. Our washing machine _____________(to start) when you press this button.
3. They finally ___________(to manage) to escape from the room.
4. When you were young, you ever _____________(to play) in the street with other local
children?
5. By the time I left school, I _______________(to decide) to become a musician.
6. You ___________(to ride) into town on your new bike yet?
7. If you ______________(to continue) to make that noise I’m going to get annoyed!
8. Both Adam and Vicky said Collin_______________ (to be) very kind.
9. Do you want to go to the university after you ______________(to leave) school?
10. I know Lily ______________(not used to) cook much, but now I think she makes dinner
every day.
46
Scoring System
1. Alan ______________(to study) to be an actor, but I don’t think he’s enjoying it.
2. She was tired because she ______________(to run).
3. My sister and I were both shocked by what you _____________ (to say).
4. I haven’t got a PlayStation anymore because I_________ (to sell) it in June.
5. We ___________(to eat) out about once a week and we cook at home the rest of the time.
6. This new computer__________ (to make) my life a lot easier.
7. Claire won’t have a break until she ____________(to finish) all her homework.
8. My granddad _____________(to love) to sail and we often go out on the boat.
9. Josh always____________ (to use) my bike! It’s so annoying.
10. I used to be good friends with Lisa and Mike, but I_______________ (to have) an
argument with both of them.
47
Scoring System
1. I used to play the trumpet, but I______________ (to give) it up last year because I didn’t
have time.
2. They were hot because they _______________(to dance).
3. Helen ________________(to have) driving lessons twice a week.
4. I really like Robert and Martin – I _____________(to be) go out with either of them.
5. Ted _____________(to play) the guitar at half past seven.
6. We stopped playing because of the rain, but when it stopped we _____________(to carry
on).
7. You have to practice a lot if you _____________(to want) to work as a musician.
8. I think I ____________(to buy) a Valentine card with either a puppy or a kitten on it.
9. Elsa ______________(not to be keen) on this group, but they’re one of my favourites.
10. We___________ (not to decide) what to get Mark for his birthday yet. (haven’t decided).
48
Scoring System

1. In squash you _______________(to hit) a ball against the wall.
2. I’m not sure how Ted _______________(to react) – he’ll be either happy or shocked.
3. The lesson can’t start till the teacher ____________(to come).
4. Jack is crazy about football and never ______________(to miss) the match.
5. The garden was flooded because it ____________(to rain) all night.
6. I was really scared when I __________(to take part) in the singing competition last year.
7. You can either tell him how you feel or hope he____________ (to notice).
8. A good friend ____________(to know) when you are upset about something.
9. John _____________(to take part) in a swimming competition last week.
10. Luke____________ (to stand) outside the bank when suddenly two robbers ran past him.
49
Scoring System
1. Now everyone ___________(to know) the song, so I want you all to joint in with me!
2. What you___________ (to say) to Lucy was neither true nor fair.
3. When you rang I ____________(to clean) my bike.
4. Paul ever ____________(to meet) a famous person?
5. Did they crash because they __________(to drive) too fast.
6. I really ____________(to like) the meal we had at your house last Tuesday.
7. Lisa __________(to be) really unkind and so is Angela.
8. We’ll have something to eat when we _____________(to get) home.
9. You ___________(to have) any sweaters in a large size?
10. We ____________(to have) a competition to see who could swim the farthest.
50
Scoring System
1. There __________(to be) a fight during the match and the referee sent two players off.
2. You _____________(to hold) the kite right. Let me show you.
3. You_____________ (to have) the shower when the earthquake happened?
4. You are good at listening to people and so ____________(to be) I.
5. Dave ____________(to drop) his pen on the floor. He hasn’t picked it up yet.
6. We_______________ (to go) to the beach every day when we were on holiday.
7. When I arrived, they _____________(to wait) for half an hour.
8. I won’t book the tickets until you___________ (to tell) me to.
9. Ben appeared and he ___________(to carry) the biggest present I had ever seen. It was
huge!
10. My brother______________ (not to be invited) to the party and nor has his friend.
1
B. Complete the sentences using the words in the box. There are two extra words.
skill, bravery, mark, by heart, progress, instructor, for instance, look up, in fact, exam, read out,
skill,
1. My German teacher says I have made a lot of 1. _________________ this term!

2. What time are you taking the French 2. _________________ Tomorrow?
3. I’m not 3. ________________ of giving students lots of homework each night.
4. Being able to drive a car is a very useful 4. _____________.
5. Have we got to learn all these irregular verbs 5. _______________ ?
6. Some languages, like Russian 6. _________________ , don’t have words for “a”, “an”,
“the”.
7. I got a very good 7. ______________ in my geography test.
8. Many people hate learning phrasal verbs, but 8. _____________ they’re not that
difficult.
9. Carol, will you 9. ______________ your poem to the class, please.
10. You should 10. ___________________ the words you don’t know in the dictionary.
2
preferences, exception, luckily, recommendations, suggestions, confused, helpless,
unhelpful, predictable, refusal, advise, solution,
PERSONAL SHOPPERS
Do you get 1.________________ about what to buy when you go clothes shopping? Do you feel
2.________________when you have to choose between two pairs of jeans? Are you fed up with
rude and 3, __________________ sales assistants? Has the 4. __________________ of your
credit card caused you embarrassment? Everyone, without 5. _______________ finds shopping
stressful at times.
But you don’t need to worry anymore! 6. _________________, now there’s a 7.
_________________. You can have your own personal shopper. Personal shoppers work in
several different ways. If you want someone to come shopping with you, they’ll do that. They’ll
8. _______________ you about the best bargains and make 9. ___________________ and
10.___________________ about what to buy.
3
convince, result, serious, rumour , spare, assumed, sensible, pretend, get, ideal, cause,
thought,
1. Don’t ____________ to be asleep. I know you’re awake really!

2. I have been trying to ______________Kathy that Jacob isn’t a liar.
3. Police are investigating the _____________ of the accident.
4. I’ve just had a ___________. Why don’t we have a party at your place?
5. There is a _____________ going round the school that Mrs Tibbs is leaving at the
end of the term. I wonder if it’s true.
6. I’m going to ____________ rid of these shoes. They’re really old.
7. The _____________ (result) of the experiment wasn’t what I had expected at all.
8. The detective ___________ (assumed) that the burglar had got in through an open
window.
9. I think we should all go in the same car and save petrol. That’s the most
______________ idea.
10. Angie has got a ____________ problem with her motorbike. It’s going to take at least
a week to fix.
4
happiness, emotional, noisy, surprised, excitement, feelings, sympathised, energetic,

hatred, comedian, bored, congratulating.
During the First World War, at a time when there was lots of 1. _____________ in the
world, one man did more than anyone else to spread 2.___________________ . That man
was the 3. _____________, Charlie Chaplin. Audiences around the world watched his films
and each new one caused a lot of 4. ________________ .Chaplin created the character of the
little tramp and people 5. ___________________ with this poor man. Up until then, the film
comedies had been 6. ________________ and very fast. Although they were fun and 7.
_________________ , the audiences became 8. _______________ with seeing the same
situations. Chaplin produced a different kind of comedy. It was slower and more 9.
___________________. His films both made people laugh and touched their 10.
________________ .Even today these films are enjoyed by many people of all ages.
5
B. Complete the sentences using the words in the box. There are two extra
words.
offspring, questions, partially, first, laws, nonetheless, group, starting, earlier, subject,
mutually, constitution,
Evolution and economics have a 1. ______________ intertwined history that goes back
to Darwin’s time some 160 years ago. Although many of the great minds of economics, from
Alfred Marshall to Friedrich Hayek wrestled with incorporating evolution into economics, they
were ultimately limited by two things. 2. _____________, they struggled with trying to map an
understanding of biological evolution onto economic evolution, raising such 3. _____________
as: “What is the economic equivalent of a gene? Is a 4. ______________ of companies a
population? What constitutes a parent and an 5. _____________ in economic systems?” Often,
these early efforts were just as guilty of metaphorical reasoning as Walsa, Jevons and the other
Marginalists. Instead of biology, our 6. __________ point will be the generic, algorithmic
picture of evolution that we discussed 7._______________. The claim of the modern
algorithmic picture of evolution is that evolutionary systems are a universal class with universal
8. _____________. We can then ask whether the economy is a part of that class and 9.
______________ to those laws. If the answer is yes, then the economic and biological worlds
are both members of that universal class. They may be very different in the implementations of
the algorithm, and thus asking what a parent and an offspring are in economics may make no
sense. 10. _____________, the two worlds are still subject to the same general laws of
evolutionary systems, thus explaining the strong (pardon the metaphor) family resemblance.
6
words.
merely, key, everlasting, factors, enormous, external, side, contaminated, ways,
beginning, order, result,
At the 1. ______________ of the 21st century, Traditional Economics offers us two

competing hypotheses to explain the oscillating patters we see in the economy. On one
2.______________ we have the micro-economics-based real business cycle theory, which holds
on to the rational-equilibrium view and sees the economy as 3. _____________ propagating
external shocks. Under this theory, the 4. _____________ causes of economic oscillations are
external political events, changes in technology and other 5. ____________. But such models
cannot tell us why the cycles have been so persistent throughout history, despite the 6.
_____________ changes in the types of 7. _____________ factors posited as causes. On the
other side of the tracks, we have the macroeconomics-based New Keynesianism. This body of
literature has backed away from the Traditional orthodoxy and incorporated less-than-perfect
rationality, dynamics and time delays in 8. ________________ to find internal explanations. In
many 9. _____________ New Keynesianism is a step in the Complexity Economics direction,
but the New Keynesians have not been prepared to abandon equilibrium as a theory. As a 10.
_____________, the empirical success of the theory has been limited.
7
words.
framework, assume, two, side, century, second, perfectly, internal, predictable, role,
irrationally, adopted,
Like many other things in Traditional Economics, perfect rationality in humans was
adopted as an assumption in order to fit economics into the nineteenth 1. ____________
equilibrium framework. No one has ever seen people behaving this way. In the 2___________
of equilibrium economics, perfect rationality plays a 3.__________ similar to the force of
gravity. If we know the constraints on people’s actions, and if we 4. ____________ that
everyone is behaving perfectly rationally, then they will all react to those constraints in the same
way. Their decisions will thus be 5. ____________ and drive the system to equilibrium. It is
important to note that the key behavioural assumptions of Traditional Economics were not
developed because anyone thought they were a good description of real human behaviour. They
were 6. ____________ to make the math work in the equilibrium framework. This was justified
as a way to consider how people should behave, not how people actually do behave.
There are 7. ____________ problems with justifying perfect rationality on the basis that is how
people should behave. First, it does not make sense that even if everyone else is behaving 8.
_____________, the economic person should be the only 9. ____________ rational person in the
crowd. Timing is everything. For example, if a person had been shorting dot-com stocks in
1998, that person would have had a lonely two years of losing money before finally being
vindicated in the year 2000. 10. _____________, perfect rationality is not a good normative
model because even if people wanted to act this way – they cannot.
8
words.
exit, dependent, lonely, consumer, moment, dynamic, money, occur, political, result,
account, when.
The economy is a 1. ___________ system. All this means is that the economy changes
over time. This is obvious: prices bounce up and down, wages change, and companies enter and
2. ____________ markets. This dynamism is something that Traditional Economics has
recognized, but has generally views as generated by external (exogenous) sources such as
technology changes, 3. _____________ events, and changes in 4. ____________ taste. The
interesting question for complexity economists is how such dynamic behaviour might be
generated internally (endogenously), as a 5. ____________ of the structure of the economy itself.
6. ____________ scientists talk about a system being dynamic, what they mean is that
the state of the system at the current 7. _____________ is a function of the state of the system at
the previous moment, and some change in between the two moments. A simple example of a
dynamic system is your bank 8. ____________. The state of the account, or balance, changes
over time. Your balance tomorrow is 9. ____________ on your balance today, plus any changes
during the intervening day such as deposits, withdrawals, or interest payments. Changes in a
dynamic process can either be discrete, like a bank account, in which the changes 10.
____________ at specific points in time, or they can be continuous and smooth, like the orbiting
of planets.
9
words.
second, tribes, account, gardening, expectancies, invent, balance, share, however,
average, morally, humans,
Consider two 1. ______________. First, we have the Yanomamo, a stone-tool-making

hunter-gatherer tribe living along the Orinoco River on the remote border of Brazil and
Venezuela. 2. ______________, we have the New Yorkers, a cell-phone talking, café-latte
drinking tribe living along the Hudson River on the border of New York and New Jersey. Both
tribes 3. ____________ the same thirty thousand or so genes that all 4. _____________ do and
thus in terms of biology and innate intelligence, they are essentially identical. 5.
______________, the lifestyle of the New Yorkers is vastly different from the well-preserved
hunter-gatherer lifestyle of the Yanomamo, who have yet to 6. ______________ the wheel, have
no writing and have a numbering system that does not go beyond one, two and many.
If we take a closer look at the two economies, we see that Yanomamo employment is
focused on collecting food in the forest, hunting small game, 7. ____________ a limited number
of fruits and vegetables and maintaining shelters. The Yanomamo also make items such as
baskets, hammocks, stone tools and weapons. The live in villages of forty to fifty people and
trade goods and services among each other, as well as among the 250 or so other villages in the
area. The 8. ________________ income of a Yanomamo tribesperson is approximately 90
dollars per person per year, while the average income of a New Yorker in 2001 was around
36,000 dollars – or 400 times that of a Yanomamo. Without any judgements on who is happier,
9. _____________ superior or more in tune with their environment, there is clearly a wide gap in
material wealth between the two tribes. The Yanomamo have shorter life 10. ______________
than the New Yorkers, and during their lives the Yanomamo must endure uncertainties, diseases,
violence, threats from their environment and other hard-ships that even the poorest New Yorkers
do not face. A person is eight times more likely to die in a given year living in a Yanomamo
village than living in New York.
10
depends, converted, poverty, jobs, measure, otherwise, value, leads, provides, global, self-
interest, simultaneously.
Is wealth and intrinsic, tangible thing? Is there something inherent in cows, codfish, and
nails that gives them value? For a Maasai tribesman, the wealth embedded in his cattle is there
for all to see. It 1. _____________ him and his family with milk, meat, bone, hide and horn. Yet,
as Smith showed in his Wealth of Nations, wealth is not a fixed concept. The value of something
2. _____________ on what someone else is willing to pay for it at a particular point in time.
Even for a Maasai, the value of a cow today may not be the 3. ___________ of a cow tomorrow.
For those who 4. ___________ the wealth in the paper of currencies, wealth is an even more
ephemeral concept. Most people in developed countries sever see or touch the bulk of their
wealth – their hard-earned savings exist only as electronic information on a faraway bank’s
computer. Yet those ghostly computer bits and bytes can be 5. _____________ into the tangible
goods of cows, codfish, nails or whatever else a person desires or can afford with the swipe of a
credit card or the click of a mouse.
But where does wealth come from in the first place? How does our labour and knowledge
lead to its creation? Why has the world grown richer over time? How have we gone from trading
cattle to trading microchips? This line of inquiry ultimately 6. ____________ us to perhaps the
most important mystery of wealth: how can we create more of it? We can ask this question out of
narrow 7. ______________, but we can also ask the larger question of how the wealth of society
can be increased. How can managers grow their companies to provide more 8. ___________ and
opportunities for people? How can governments grow their economies and address issues of 9.
______________ and inequality? How can societies around the world create the resources
needed for better education, health care, and other priorities? And how can the 10.
_____________ economy grow in a way that is environmentally sustainable? Wealth may not
buy happiness, but poverty does buy misery for millions around the world.
11
understand, concerned, honour, fundamentals, ready, second, explicitly, faded, remaining, turn,
dynamic, explain.
I am going to talk to you about institutions and economic development and I am going to
be 1. _____________ with two issues. One of them is what makes dysfunctional economies or
economies that do not work well and the 2. ____________ is what we can do about it. Now that
is a neat job to do in an hour. So I will be giving you a very quick and superficial covering of
many and very complex subjects.
I begin with the theory we use to 3. ____________ the problems. Neoclassical economics
was never intended to deal with the issues of economic development. It evolved in the late
nineteenth century and its objective was to 4. ____________ efficient resource allocation in
developed economies. It had two gigantic failures as far as our subject matter here is concerned.
One, it was frictionless; two, it was timeless, static rather than 5. ____________ in terms of its
issues. I am going to talk first about how to deal with frictions; next I shall explore the
behavioural assumption that underlies neoclassical theory. Then we can 6. ____________ to the
role of time and then be ready to lay out the problems of development and, in the time remaining,
see what we can do about them.
It is fitting that I should be giving this lecture in 7. ____________ of Gunnar Myrdal.
Institutional economics has been around a long time. In America, we have Thorsten Veblen,
John R. Commons and a long heritage of institutionalists; and Gunnar Myrdal was a pioneer here
in Europe. The problem with institutional economics, and the reason it 8. _____________ from
sight was that it did not 9. ______________ address the issues we had to solve. What we have to
do is understand what makes economies work the way they do – that is a necessary precondition
to being able to say something about how we can make them work better. Obviously the place to
begin is with what institutions are, how they work, and why they work the way they do; then we
are going to look at some 10. _____________ that lie underneath the surface.
12
make, imperfect, at, time, choices, so, arrive, fundamental, surface, understanding, face,
economists,
I want now to turn this discussion to neoclassical economics. Economics is a theory of

choice. But how do we 1. ____________ choices? 2. _____________ say we use the rationality
assumption. That is saying absolutely nothing. The rationality assumption at its best says that
people are consistent and logical maybe, but it does not say how people make choices in the face
of enormously complex information, 3. ___________ knowledge and imperfect feedback on the
consequences of their actions. The physical sciences have fundamental underlying structures,
and if you understand the 4. _____________ underlying structure, you can theorize effectively
about problems – in chemistry, those dealing with elements; in physics, protons or neutrons. To
solve a new problem, you go back to the fundamental element and build on that developed
theory to explain problems. We do not have any fundamental elements in economics or in
political science or in sociology. So we have a very difficult problem: how do we, therefore, 5.
_____________ at understanding what we are doing? What is the basic building block that we
have? Economics assumes that we have perfect information so we know all the alternative 6.
__________, and that given all the alternative choices we make a calculus of benefits and costs
and arrive 7. __________ a decision as to what to do. We do not do any such thing. What we do
is evolve and make choices on the 8. _____________of very incomplete and imperfect
information usually with imperfect feedback on the actions that have been undertaken. 9.
___________ how people make choices in the world requires that we say something much more
fundamental and delve into something much more complicated than what we have done 10.
_________ far.
13
take, warming, astronomically, elements, product, conquered, average, slightly,
dominated, control, something, over,
Now let me talk about time in history. And let me 1. ___________ you back for a
millennium or two; I am an economic historian you may remember. What has happened is that
uncertainty about the physical environment, which dominated how we structured the game, has
lessened 2. __________ the last five or six hundred years as humans have evolved institutions to
3. ____________ the physical environment – not completely of course, as we still have problems
like global 4. ___________. But our world is no longer dominated by climate, by uncertainties
associated with earthquakes and animals killing us or eating us; it is 5. ___________ by concern
about things that are a 6. ___________ of our creation. You can see the proof of this in the
increase over the last few hundred years of life expectancy. It has more than doubled. On 7.
_____________, people of your great great grandparents’ generation lived to be maybe 40 at
most. Today, the average is somewhere between 70 and 80 for women, 8. ___________ more
than for men. And you are healthier throughout your whole life than they were.
That is an immense achievement. Equally importantly, through the development of
science and its application to solving problems of scarcity, we make possible enormous increases
in the control of nature such that productivity in agriculture and in all the other dimensions of
economic activity has just grown 9. ______________. So we have changed the world; essentially
we have 10. ____________ the physical environment. We have made possible a world of plenty.
We have enormous piles of statistics to tell us that we have done so.
14
hand , human , understanding, level, warming, piles, set, concerned, world, economic,
cultural, sense,
But in conquering the physical environment we have created a human environment that is
immensely complicated and over which we have very imperfect 1.___________. And so, on the
one 2. ___________, we have made possible a world of plenty, and a world in which 3.
__________ beings live more than twice as long as they did before, and have the possibility of
well-being on a 4. ____________ that would be beyond the comprehension of our ancestors. But
we have also created a whole new 5. ______________ of problems in a human, political, 6.
____________ and social structure that we are only able to use very imperfectly to solve and
maintain what we are concerned with.
What we are 7. ____________ with is the cultural heritage of humans. By that I mean
something very specific; I mean a set of institutions and beliefs that has been carried forward
over the generations that constitutes the basic way we perceive the 8. ___________. We have a
very limited ability to change it; it is path dependent in the 9. ___________ that the inheritance
we have of rules, norms, beliefs – those that have survived – is deeply embedded. Sometimes the
embeddedness is deeper than at other times but it poses a genuine problem because that 10.
___________ heritage produces a mix of good and bad that shapes the way in which we make
choices and the ways in which societies and institutions evolve.
15
mind, into, genetics, smell, achievements, information, exist, evidence, see, around,
requires, product,
That 1. __________ us into cognitive science. It takes us into how the 2. ____________ and
the brain work, how they interpret the evidence that is before us, 3. ___________ that comes
in terms of what our senses – sight, hearing, 4. __________ – receive and from which we
build up models of the world. All the building blocks of the world we live in area 5.
_________ of our human mind. They do not exist outside us. Such is not the case in physics
and chemistry or biology or 6. __________; there you can go back to some fundamental
elements by reduction and then build up your analysis. If I talk about a piece of wood, it is
there, I can feel it, I can touch it, I can 7. _____________ it. But again, all the things that we
have constructed to explain the human condition are things that are constructed in our minds
and, therefore, do not 8. __________ independent of minds. This means that we must come
to grips with something so complicated that it 9. _____________ that we think all over again
about the way in which we understand the world requires10. __________ us.
16
chain, costs, independent, furthermore, burden, type, partially, technology, companies,
British, senses, retailing,
What might explain the gap between American and 1. _______________ total productivity are
the large improvements in retailing productivity in the United States – where large 2.
_____________ stores such as Wal-Mart have been able to open massive ware-house 3.
___________ stores around the country. Britain does not have the space for these ventures. The
4. _____________ for such property developments are relatively high. Also, the British
economy is spread across a significant number of small and medium enterprises as well as our
large corporations, limiting investment capacities for any single company.
5. ________________, British companies operate with lower capital stocks than many
of their competitors and British infrastructure is highly congested. It is difficult to move things
around Britain, adding to overall business cost. British 6. _______________ invest respectable
amounts of money in computers and information 7. ______________ but don’t get the same
returns for their investments as American companies, according to John Van Reenen and Nick
Bloom of the Centre for Economic Performance at the London School of Economics. This is 8.
____________ because Britain has a lot of family-owned and operated businesses – more than
Germany and many more than America. This 9. ______________ of structure keeps investment
by both businesses and government relatively low, affecting overall productivity.
At the same time, heavier taxes and more regulations are beginning to weigh on firms.
In the past ten years, the tax 10. _____________ in Britain has risen from 34.8% to 37.3% of
GDP – higher than America, Japan or even Germany.
17
although, affecting, taxes, regulations, established, forced, logical, benefit, due,
significant, aimed, operate
Gordon Brown has been the man behind this increased tax burden, much of which has been 1.
_____________ at cutting carbon emissions – adding to the overall cost of transport and thus 2.
______________ business costs. This fiscal mechanism has had particularly 3. _____________
effects for small and medium business who feel the cost of increased road transport more
immediately than large management corporations. The sectors that 4. _____________ the most
from the free-market economy are those sectors that use our infrastructure the least. The
financial sector, for example, has very few transport costs, since its enormous value added comes
from moving money around electronically, not by physical means.
So the free-market economy in Britain has not performed as well as in the United States,
and 5. ____________ Britain has carried the free-market banner higher and longer than
European countries, it has not performed as well as some of them either. Britain has 6.
____________ itself firmly in the middle, with some aspects of European labour protectionism
and fiscal pressure and some aspects of American style free-market capitalism. It seem 7.
____________, therefore, that it can’t compete with the best of either. While it is a minor
miracle that the British economy has been so vibrant in the past decade, this is partly 8.
___________ to increased regulations in the American economy after the ENRON scandal
which have 9. ______________ American and foreign capital to look for new financial centres –
such as London. British financial institutions have certainly benefited from the stricter
accounting 10. _____________ imposed on Wall Street by the US Congress’ Sarbanes-Oxley
act. This advantage will not last as more and more countries, such as the United Arab Emirates
and China develop their own sophisticated financial services sectors. Tony Blair’s words are as
true today as they were in 2006 – “The question is not about our competitiveness in the last ten
years, but in the next ten”.
18
regarding, force, decade, control, enforce, free, published, differently, second, miracle,
connected, economists
In 1930’s, with the Great Depression that followed the 1929 Stock Market Crash still in full 1.
____________, economist Milton Friedman’s positive theories 2. ____________ the free market
were far from popular at the time. Surely the depression had demonstrated that markets were not
to be trusted! Intellectually equipped with John Maynard Keynes’ “General Theory”, 3.
____________ thought that governments themselves should spend and borrow to keep the
economy healthy and un-employment under 4. ______________.
It is largely due to Milton Friedman’s work that economists think 5. ____________
today. He was the most influential economist of the 6. ____________ half of the 20 th century, if
not of the entire century. Mr. Friedman brought about profound changes in the way his
profession, politicians, and the public thought about economic questions in three enormously
important and 7. ______________ areas.
The first of these areas is summed up by the title of his book “Capitalism and Freedom”,
8. _____________ in 1962. To Mr. Friedman, these two concepts were very closely connected.
He believed that without economic freedom, or precisely – capitalism, there could be no political
freedom. Governments, he argued, should do little more than 9. ______________ contracts,
promote competition, provide a monetary framework for the economy, and protect the
irresponsible. The US government was supporting far too many expensive and inefficient
programmes in the 1930’s, programmes that interfered with 10. ____________ market exchange.
19
vice versa, concept, unemployment, thirdly, outlined, annual, balance, won, dictator,
framework, monetarism, suggested
Secondly, Mr. Friedman revolutionised how economists and policymakers approached money
and inflation. Post-war governments appeared able to 1. ____________ unemployment against
inflation, such that cutting inflation increased unemployment and 2. ___________. Friedman
believed that this inverse relationship was an illusion. In the 1970’s, rich western economies
suffered both rising inflation and higher 3. ______________, a situation known as “stagflation”.
Friedman argued that the solution to this was for governments to implement stable monetary
frameworks based on growth in the money supply. This rule is known as 4. _____________.
5. ____________, Mr. Friedman created the base for modern theories of consumption.
John Maynard Keynes had 6. ________________ that as income rose, so would savings.
Economic data proved, however, that as countries became richer, general savings rates did not
increase. Milton Friedman resolved this paradox with a theory known as the “permanent income
hypothesis”, which he 7. ____________ in 1957. He suggested that people did not spend on the
basis of their 8. _____________ income, but rather according to the amount of money they
expected to have year after year. They saved money when they had a surplus, and spent their
savings in times of scarcity. This and his work on monetary policy 9. ____________ him the
Nobel Prize in 1976.
Milton Friedman was well respected by American President Ronald Reagan, British
Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, and Chilean 10. ___________ Augusto Pinochet,
although many of the details of his theories have proved difficult to apply since the late
1980’s. Milton Friedman died on November 16th 2006.
20
North-eastern, vice versa, counteract, deal, depending, whereas, actively, set, specified,
launched, document, case.
Along with the decision to introduce Western-style MBA programs into China, the Chinese
government 1. ____________ promoted the use of the case method. The first 2. ___________
method training session was organized by China’s National Commission of Economic Affairs in
the 3. ______________ city of Dalian in 1986. Management Case Research, the first academic
journal on case research in China, was 4. _______________ in 1987. In 1997, China’s National
MBA Education Supervisory Board issued a 5. ____________ entitled “Fundamental
Requirements for the Education of MBA Students”, which made teaching by the case method an
official requirement (Cheng/Zhao/Yu/Yang 1999). The document 6. _____________ the number
of cases that must be used in each of the MBA courses, 7. _____________ on the nature of the
specific subject. For example, Management Information Systems and Operational Management
are only required to use two cases, 8. _______________ marketing and strategy are required to
use a minimum of five cases. To develop China-context specific cases that 9. ___________ with
unique issues in China’s transitional economy, Chinese universities/business schools have 10.
___________ up case research centres.
21
market, relating, undertake, supernatural, promises, change, uncertainties, time, based ,
contain, benefits, splendid
This news release may 1. ___________ forward-looking statements 2. ____________ to the

success of any of the Company s strategic initiatives, the Company s growth and profitability
prospects, the 3. ____________ of the Company s products to be realized by customers, the
Company s position in the 4. _____________ and future opportunities therein, the
deployment of Livelink and our other products by customers, and future performance of
Open Text Corporation. Forward-looking statements may also include, without limitation,
any statement relating to future events, conditions or circumstances. Forward-looking
statements in this release are not 5. _____________ or guarantees and are subject to certain
risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially. These risks and 6.
______________ include, among others, risks involved in the completion and integration of
acquisitions, the possibility of technical, logistical or planning issues in connection with
deployments, the continuous commitment of the Company's customers and other risks
detailed from time to 7. _____________ in the Company's filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC), including the Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2002,
and Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 2003, June 30, 2003, September 30, 2003
and December 31, 2003. You should not place undue reliance upon any such forward-
looking statements, which are 8. _____________on management's beliefs and opinions at the
time the statements are made, and the Company does not 9. ____________ any obligations to
update forward-looking statements should circumstances or management's beliefs or opinions
10. __________________.
22
programme, convince, unemployment, next, nervous, procedures, effect, rumours,
problems, suggests, before, jobs.
Human resources are having 1. ___________ with the production department regarding a
training 2. ____________ as workers in the production department are being asked to train
workers from a plant overseas. There have been 3. ___________ of plants closing and the
workers are concerned that their jobs may be outsourced or off-shored and that the
people they have been asked to train will be taking over their 4._________. Many workers
are
5. _______________ about being made redundant or forced to relocate. HR, however, feels
strongly that all plants need to follow the same working 6. _____________ no matter where
they are located and that is the reason that they would like these workers trained in
the main plant. They have been trying to 7. _____________ the foremen that training foreign
workers will have no 8. _____________ on jobs at home but have not managed to get their
message across. These workers are arriving in the 9. ______________ month and plans have
to be made for their training 10. _____________ they come.
23
company, amount, contaminated, system, concerned, overall, ensure, technicians, vital,
hardware, nervous, eye.
Finance and ICT (Information and Communication Technology) do not see 1. __________ to
eye on how to improve communication in the 2. _______________. Finance is concerned
about the 3. ____________ of money which is being requested to upgrade the entire
computer 4. ____________ and would prefer to outsource it all to a cloud. This would save a
great deal of money, both on 5. _____________ and software and lower the expensive
licensing fees. ICT feels strongly that having 6. ____________ in the company who can
immediately react if something goes wrong is 7. ______________. There have been
weekends when staff from ICT had to work in order to 8. _______________ that everything
was up and running for Monday morning. They are 9. ____________ that cloud computing
will make them one of several hundred clients being served by an outside company and their
individual needs may be 10. _____________.
24
hold, over, point, comprising, enthusiastically, throughout, jobs, expected, made,
recycled, place, pollution.
On 6 July 2005 Jacques Rogge 1. ____________ the announcement in Singapore that

London had won the bid to 2. ______________ the Olympiad Games. This announcement
was greeted 3. _____________ by the 30,000 people who had come together in Trafalgar
Square as well as those attending events all 4. ____________ the country. It was the
culmination of three years of hard work by the team who put together and pitched the bid to
the International Olympic Committee (IOC) in Singapore. In the UK, the British Olympic
Association and Paralympics GB got to work. One of their 5. _____________ was to
organise more than 600 facilities throughout the UK for teams to train in advance of the
games which will take 6. ___________ from 27 July – 12 August 2012. The Olympic Games
will consist of 26 different sports taking place at a total of 34 venues and 7. ___________
10,500 athletes from 205 countries around the world. The 302 medal events will be reported
on by some 20,000 journalists and announcers. The Paralympics Games include 20 sports at
20 venues with 4.200 athletes from 140+ countries with 6,500 representatives from the
media. Ticket sales are 8. ____________ to reach 7.6 million for the Olympic Games and 1.5
for the Paralympics. All together over 200 kilometres of electrical cable need to be laid in the
Olympic Park and of the 200 structures which were demolished, 90% of the materials are
being reused or 9. ___________. The stadium will be 53 metres high with seating for 80,000
people and 500,000 plants are being planted in the wetlands area in the Olympic Park. From
the business 10. __________ of view, £5bn worth of contracts related to the games has been
won by over 1,500 UK companies. As the organising committee has made environmentally-
friendly ways to get to the games a priority, some 800,000 people are expected to travel on
the busiest day by public transport.
25
model, contemplate, come, better, questions, criteria, categories, variety, pairs,
underestimated, through, called
Richard Bandler and John Grinder developed a goal-setting model in the early days of NLP
(Neuro-Linguistic Programming) and 1. __________ this technique a ‘well-formed
outcome’. They described several steps and 2. __________ to guide people though the
process. Over time, the 3. ________ has been adapted and is now used in a large 4.
____________ of settings, one of the most common being in business situations. Look at the
steps in the table on the next page and discuss them with your partner before you begin to
work 5. _________ the model. The titles name the steps and the 6. __________ are examples
to ask yourself when starting the exercise. Work in 7. ___________. Choose one of the work-
related goals (or study goals) you and your partner discussed in the Lead-in exercise. Look at
the 8. _____________ and the example questions. Try to 9. __________ up with one or two
more questions in each category? The more specific the questions are, the
10.________________.
26
introduced, means, Diet Coke, household, enormous, variety, name, quality, pairs,
manufacturer, mentioned, image.
Students discuss the idea of an image created by a brand and concepts that were
1._____________ in the article. They also try to find examples for some of the concepts 2.
___________. This is done in open class.
Note: Brand extension 3. __________ using an existing brand and extending its name and 4.
___________ to new or modified products. An example here would be Coca-Cola, 5.
_____________ and Coke Zero, all of which make use of the name ‘Coke’. Brand stretching
happens when a company branches out into a new area. Daewoo, a South Korean automobile
6. ______________, began to produce 7. ________ appliances such as microwave ovens
which were also sold under the Daewoo 8. ___________. Problems can arise with this
strategy if the new products do not represent the same 9. __________ as the original, then the
entire brand can suffer although the 10. __________ product line is still a high quality
product.
27
Prefer, suffer, positively, claims , outperform , rivals , employees, illumination,
recommend, recruitment, think, rate,
Even in a chilly economic climate, people 1. _____________ to work for companies that do
right by the environment and their fellow human beings, it seems. At any 2. _________,
that’s the conclusion of a survey of 1,000 3. _____________ by the Kenexa Research
Institute, a division of US-based HR and 4. _____________ specialist Kenexa.
It found that workers who rated their firm’s environmental and corporate responsibility
activities 5. ____________ were more likely to be proud of the organisation, demonstrated a
higher level of job satisfaction, were more likely to say they wanted to stay, and were also
more likely to 6. _____________ it as a place of work to their friends. Plenty of qualitative
upside, then, if not much in the way of quantitative justification. Perhaps they 7.
___________ that too many numbers would make our heads hurt.
The survey even 8. ___________ that the benefits go all the way to the bottom line, where
responsible firms 9. _____________ their less-sustainable 10. ___________ on ‘important
financial metrics such as diluted earnings per share’. An impressive claim once again, and
one we’d have been happier to take at face value with a few hard numbers to back it up.
28
indicate, claim, harshly, negativeness, might, furthermore, surveyed, recommendation,
talent, as, looking, get,
All the same, the findings do seem to 1. ___________ that those sceptics who thought that
CSR was a luxury that people would ditch as soon 2. ___________ some economic heavy
weather came along may have been judging the business community a little 3.
____________.
Nevertheless, the survey also goes on to 4. ___________ that many firms are missing a trick.
Because despite all the good things that apparently accrue to socially-responsible firms, only
40% of those 5______________ said their firm was responsible. This leaves nearly 60%
languishing in blissful ignorance of how much better things 6. ___________ be, if only they
boosted their green credentials and started to behave a bit more sustainably. 7.
_____________, even in a recovery as slow and gradual as the UK’s emergence from
recession promises to be, there will still be increasing competition amongst employers for the
best 8. ____________. And if the sharpest tools on the jobs market are all 9. ___________
for firms whose social conscience matches their commercial performance, it behoves every
employer to make sure their credentials are up to the mark. It might help you 10.
____________ the most out of your existing staff, too.
29
conference, popular, unforgettable, photography, manager, written, better, corruption,
bankrupt, end, invented, fact,
‘Strategy’ continues to be a 1. _____________ theme for authors, academics and consultants

– but have any got it right? The Strategic Planning Society is holding a 2. ___________
aimed at establishing strategy as a profession along the lines of law, medicine, accountancy
and the like. The 3. ____________ is, however, from the point of view of a practising 4.
_________, there hasn’t been much new or of great value said or 5. _____________ about
the subject for years. The key to effective strategy isn't more or 6. ___________ ideas,
concepts or frameworks, but developing the ability to use what you already have.
Consider Kodak, which went 7. _____________ in January. It is no great surprise that its
film business was destroyed by the growth of digital photography. What is surprising is that
Kodak, which 8. ______________ the digital camera, declined to develop it for fear of
damaging its chemical film business. You don’t need the benefit of hindsight to see this was
a bad decision. Digital 9. ____________ was the classic disruptive innovation. Kodak didn’t
need strategic thinking. It needed better ways of seeing the obvious but unpalatable, and
doing the simple but uncomfortable. Most strategy is like this – that is to say, simpler than
the consultants and academics would have you believe. You are not reinventing the
company, redefining the industry or creating the next Facebook. You are looking at what's
going on in your markets to identify what customers (mostly your existing customers) are
likely to be asking for in the future. You are looking inside the company to see where you are
making money and where you are not. Often, you 10. ___________ up with something quite
like what you already have, with some parts expanded, others shrunk or eliminated and a few
things added. If the changes are radical, as with Kodak, what’s needed is usually pretty clear,
if not always attractive. Recognise that you probably have all the strategic knowledge you
need. The value is not in concepts or techniques, but in the ability to see clearly and act
accordingly.
30
key, passionate, analysis, trends, systematic, sense, meeting, assets, unforgettable, make,
broad, affecting,
- What do you think is the 1. ____________ to successful marketing?

- Well, I think, if you’re talking about an individual marketer, then, er, I’d be thinking
about three 2. ____________ areas. I think, firstly, having a very 3. _____________
curiosity for the customer – really being prepared to do a lot of hard work to get a deep
understanding of their needs, er, their behaviours, and everything that really motivates
them. Now you’ve got to get close to them by, yeah you’ve got to talk to them; you’ve
got to be 4. _____________ them regularly, a lot of marketers don’t do that. But you’ve
also got to be able to do the hard 5. ______________ of all the business data and 6.
____________ to, er, pick up what’s, er, going to be 7. _____________ them and their
behaviours.
So that’s customer closeness, um, and that has to be combined with a really strong
business 8. _____________, um, an instinctive understanding of how your company
makes money. So, the job of a marketer being to match the customer need that we just
talked about, with a company’s 9. ______________ and capabilities, so that in the end
you make some money, you make a profit. Um, if you don’t know the numbers, if you
don’t know what you 10. _______________ or lose money, you won’t be successful and
your company won’t be successful.
31
long, read, pairs, concerned, aim, accurately, passionate, runner, text, dictate, member,
negatively,
Your teacher will attach to the walls of the room four or five (slightly enlarged) copies of an
English text 1. _____________ with business.
The text will be about 150 words 2. __________, and the copies will be attached to the wall
around the room so that they can easily be 3. ___________.
Students should form 4. __________, and all the pairs should be (more or less) the same
distance from the nearest copy. One 5. ____________of the pair is the runner and the other is
the writer.
The 6. ___________ of the activity is for the writer to write down the text as 7.
____________ as possible.
The runner needs to go to the 8. ____________, read a chunk of it, return to where the
‘writer’ is sitting, and 9. _________ that chunk to the writer. When the writer has written it
down, the 10. __________ should go back to the text and repeat the process for the next
chunk.
32
form, cases, received, long, sum, exceeds, more, individual, per cent, repeat, cash,
revenue,
There are special rules when share capital is issued to an 1. ____________, personal
representative or trustee of an accumulation or discretionary trust in the 2. __________ of a
stock dividend. Such issues are usually made as an alternative to a cash dividend. The
recipient
is treated as having 3. _________ income which has borne an amount of income tax. The
amount of that income is the 4. _________ of either the relevant cash dividend or the market
value of the share capital, plus the tax which the income is treated as having borne. For this
purpose the amount of the 5. ___________ dividend is used unless that amount is
substantially greater or substantially less than the market value of the share capital. In
interpreting ‘substantially greater or substantially less’, the practice of HM Revenue and
Customs is generally to use the market value of the share capital when that value 6.
___________ the amount of the cash dividend by 15 per cent or more of the market value of
the share capital, or when that value is less than the amount of the cash dividend by 15 per
cent or more of the market value of the share capital. However, HM 7. ___________ and
Customs is normally prepared to use the amount of the cash dividend when the difference
between the market value of the share capital and the cash dividend is no 8. _________ than
one or two percentage points greater than 15 9. ___________. In other 10. _________, the
amount of the cash dividend is used.
33
correct, cases, assessment, consider, practice, unaccepted, accordingly, income, act,
declaration, within, specialized.
Section 8 TMA 1970 requires that every return should include ‘a 1. ___________ by the
person making the return to the effect that the return is to the best of his knowledge
2._________ and complete’. For tax years before the introduction of income tax self 3.
_____________ (1995/6 and earlier) Section 42 of that 4. __________ provided for a
‘declaration’ by the person making the claim.
The Commissioners for Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs 5. ____________ that the
obligation to make declarations under these Sections is 6. __________ the class of statutory
duties which the person making the return of income, or the claim, cannot delegate.
7. _________, it is the normal 8. ____________ to insist that the return of 9. _________ or
claim should be signed by the taxpayer or claimant, and not by his attorney.
However, HM Revenue and Customs- HM Revenue and Customs recognise that there may
be difficulties where, owing to the age or physical infirmity of the taxpayer, he is unable to
cope adequately with the management of his affairs or where for the same reason the
taxpayer's general health might suffer if he were troubled for a personal signature. In such
special 10. _________ the Revenue will be willing to consider the matter sympathetically
and where possible accept the signature of an attorney who has full knowledge of the
taxpayer's affairs.
34
n, circumstances, in, circumstances, account, accumulation, relates, upon, accounting, act, to, far, included,
extent.
There is no essential difference for this purpose between taxable and zero-rated output. It is
expected that 1. __________ general a VAT account will be kept on the lines recommended
in the HM Customs and Excise Notice No. 700 setting VAT on outputs against VAT on
inputs and 2.__________ for (or reclaiming) the difference. In computing income for direct
tax purposes in these 3.____________ it would be correct to take into 4. ___________ both
income and expenditure exclusive of the related VAT. VAT on inputs is set off whether it 5.
_________ to capital or revenue expenditure and it would follow that capital allowances
would be determined 6. ___________ the cost exclusive of VAT. There are certain
categories of VAT on inputs which are non-deductible - notably that relating 7. ___________
the cost of motor-cars and entertaining. This VAT will no doubt be 8. __________ in the
accounts of the business as part of the expenditure to which it relates. So 9. ___________ as
the motor-cars are concerned capital allowances will be computed on the cost inclusive of the
VAT and the entertaining expenditure which is not allowed as a deduction for direct tax
purposes will be the expenditure inclusive of VAT. If a trading debt becomes bad it may well
include the VAT related to the sale. To the 10. __________ that this tax has been accounted
for to HM Customs & Excise and cannot be recovered from them, the full amount of the debt
including VAT may be allowed as a trading expense for direct taxation purposes.
35
made, capital, bodies, regarded, special, is, provided, agreed, until, recommended, debts,
relevance
Certain traders sell goods on 1.__________ terms whereby they retain the title to the goods
until payment is 2._________. The accountancy 3._________ have advised their members
that, for accountancy purposes, if the circumstances indicate that the reservation of title is
4.___________ by the parties as having no practical 5.__________ except in the event of the
insolvency of the buyer, the goods should, notwithstanding the strict legal position, normally
be treated as purchases in the accounts of the buyer and sales in the accounts of the supplier.
HM Revenue and Customs- HM Revenue and Customs has 6.____________ that for sales
subject to reservation of title the above 7._____________ accountancy treatment will be
accepted for tax purposes 8.___________ that both parties to the contract follow it.
The sale of goods subject to reservation of title as described above 9.___________ to be
distinguished from the supply of goods as consignment stocks e.g. on a sale or return basis.
Goods supplied as consignment stocks are normally to be treated as stock in the hands of the
supplier 10.____________ disposed of by the consignee.
36
singer, by, popular, mainly, specified, paid, appeal, accept, accepted, account, raised, basis,
Where a football pool or small lottery is to be run 1.________ a supporters club or other
society on the 2.___________ that a stated percentage or fraction of the cost of each ticket
will be given to a club or body conducted and established wholly or 3.__________ for one or
more of the purposes 4.___________ in Section 5(1) of the Lotteries and Amusements Act
1976, HM Revenue and Customs will 5._________ that the donation element as stated in the
cost of each ticket may be excluded in computing for tax purposes the profits of the trade of
promoting the pool or lottery.
A football pool run by a supporters' club had its 6.__________ against tax assessment upheld
by the Special Commissioners. When this question was 7.__________ in Parliament on 14
December 1956, Mr Henry Brooke said: ‘The football pool in this case was organised on the
basis that a specified percentage of the sum received from each competitor would be
8._____________ as a gift to the football club. The Special Commissioners have held that
this donation element formed no part of the receipts to be taken into 9._____________ in
computing for income tax purposes the profits of the trade of promoting the pool.
This decision will be 10.___________ by the Revenue as governing all cases where a
football pool or small lottery is run by a supporters' club or other society on the basis that a
stated percentage or fraction of the cost of each ticket or chance will be given to a club or
body established and conducted wholly or mainly for one or more of the purposes specified
in subsection (1) of Section 1 of the Small Lotteries and Gaming Act 1956.’
37
celebrate, can, of, order, ground, cases, fair, deducted, exceed, instructions, used, same,
To save work for taxpayers and their advisers where part of an estate is disposed of (e.g. on
the sale of a field) The Commissioners for Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs will accept
that the cost of the part 1._____________ be calculated on the alternative basis set out in this
note instead 2._____________ under the general rule which requires the unsold part to be
valued in 3._______________ to apportion the total cost of the estate. 4._____________
about the alternative basis have been issued to Inspectors of Taxes who will be glad to give
information about its application to particular 5.______________.
Under the alternative basis the part disposed of will be treated as a separate asset and any
6.____________ and reasonable method of apportioning part of the total cost to it will be
accepted - e.g. a reasonable valuation of that part at the acquisition date. Where the market
value at 6 April 1965 or 31 March 1982 is to be taken as the cost, a reasonable valuation of
the part at that time will similarly be accepted.
The cost of the part disposed of will be 7.____________ from the total cost of the estate (or
balance of the total cost) to determine the cost of the remainder of the estate; thus the total of
the separate amounts adopted for the parts will not 8.____________ the total cost. The cost
attributed to each part must also be realistic in itself.
The taxpayer can always require that the general rule should be applied (except in cases
already settled on the alternative basis). If he chooses the general rule it will normally be
necessary to apply this rule to all subsequent disposals out of the estate; but where the
general rule has been applied for a part disposal before the introduction of the alternative
basis and it produced a result broadly the 9.___________ as under the alternative basis, the
alternative basis may be 10.___________ for subsequent part disposals out of the estate.
38
with, century, apply, similarly, actual, total, involved, right, first, symbols, deducted, fair,
So long as disposals out of an estate acquired before 6 April 1965 are dealt 1.____________
on the alternative basis, each part disposal will carry a separate right to elect for acquisition
at market value on 6 April 1965. 2.____________, where part is sold with development value
the mandatory valuation at 6 April 1965 will apply only to that part. Even where the part is to
be treated as acquired at market value on 6 April 1965 or 31 March 1982, however, it will
still be necessary to agree how much of the 3.___________ cost should be attributed to the
part disposed of: 4._____________, to ensure that any allowable loss does not exceed the
actual loss, and second, to produce a balance of 5.____________ cost for subsequent
disposals.
The alternative basis will not 6.___________ to part disposals between 6 April 1967 and 22
July 1970 where development value was 7.____________; and in other cases the
Commissioners for Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs reserve the 8.______________ to
apply the general rule if they are not satisfied that the apportionments claimed are
9.___________ and reasonable.
Taxpayers who wish to adopt the alternative basis will still be able to claim under existing
statutory provisions that certain small disposals out of an estate should be 10.____________
from cost instead of being assessed. The disposal proceeds will then be deducted from the
total cost (or balance of total cost) available for subsequent disposals.
39
days, shares, developed, raise, therefore, prepared, agent, reasonable, relation, date, made, years,
Where the 1.___________ of a company are unquoted at the 2.__________ of the first or
later interim distribution, 3.______________, the Commissioners for Her Majesty’s Revenue
and Customs are 4.____________ to authorise Inspectors of Taxes to accept any valuation by the
taxpayer or his 5._____________ of the residual value of the shares at the date of the
distribution, if the valuation appears 6.___________ and if the liquidation is expected to be
completed within two 7._________ of the first distribution (and does not in fact extend much
beyond that period). The valuation need not include a discount for deferment; and if the
distributions are complete before the capital gains tax assessment is 8.____________, the
Revenue will accept that the residual value of shares in 9.____________ to a particular
distribution is equal to the actual amount of the subsequent distributions. In the normal way the
Revenue will not 10.___________ the question of capital gains tax on an interim distribution
until after 2 years from the commencement of the liquidation unless the distribution, together
with any previous distributions, exceeds the total cost of the shares.
40
time, valuable, losses, partnership, medical, between, acquisition, specifically, course, for,
supernatural, however
Where an asset is disposed of by a partnership to an outside party each of the partners

will be treated as disposing of his fractional share of the asset. In computing gains or
1.____________ the proceeds of disposal will be allocated 2.___________ the partners in the
ratio of their share in asset surpluses at the 3.____________ of disposal. Where this is not
4.___________ laid down the allocation will follow the actual destination of the surplus as
shown in the partnership accounts; regard will, of 5.______________, have to be paid to any
agreement outside the accounts. If the surplus is not allocated among the partners but,
6.___________ example, put to a common reserve, regard will be hard to the ordinary profit
sharing ratio in the absence of a specified asset-surplus-sharing ratio. Expenditure on the
7.____________ of assets by a 8.____________ will be allocated between the partners in the
same way at the 9.____________ of the acquisition.
This allocation may require adjustment, 10._______________ , if there is a subsequent
change in the partnership sharing ratios.
41
arises, accident, leaving, violin, through, each, gives up, making, provided, for, decrease, neither,
An occasion of charge also 1.___________ when there is a change in partnership sharing

ratios including changes arising from a partner joining or 2.____________ the partnership. In
these circumstances a partner who reduces or 3.__________ his share in asset surpluses will be
treated as disposing of part of the whole of his share in each of the partnership assets and a
partner who increases his share will be treated as 4.___________ a similar acquisition. Subject to
the qualifications below the disposal consideration will be a fraction (equal to the fractional share
changing hands) of the current balance sheet value of 5.__________ chargeable asset
6.___________ there is no direct payment of consideration outside the partnership. Where no
adjustment is made 7._____________ the partnership accounts (8.__________ example, by
revaluation of the assets coupled with a corresponding increase or 9.____________ in the
partner's current or capital account at some date between the partner's acquisition and the
reduction in his share) the disposal is treated as made for a consideration equal to his Capital
Gains Tax cost and thus there will be 10.___________ a chargeable gain nor an allowable loss at
that point. A partner whose share reduces will carry forward a smaller proportion of cost to set
against a subsequent disposal of the asset and a partner whose share increases will carry forward
a larger proportion of cost.
42
principles, sum, overseas, value, guests, equivalent, assets, however, received, difference,
regarded, new,
Where a partnership asset is revalued a partner will be credited in his current or capital
account with a 1._________ equal to his fractional share of the increase in 2.___________. An
upward revaluation of chargeable 3.____________ is not itself an occasion of charge. If,
4.______________, there were to be a subsequent reduction in the partner's asset-surplus share,
the effect would be to reduce his potential liability to Capital Gains Tax on the eventual disposal
of the assets without an 5.__________ reduction of the credit he has 6.________________ in the
accounts. Consequently, at the time of the reduction in sharing ratio he will be 7.____________
as disposing of the fractional share of the partnership asset represented by the 8._____________
between his old and his 9.____________ share for a consideration equal to that fraction of the
increased value at the revaluation. The partner whose share correspondingly increases will have
his acquisition cost to be carried forward for the asset increased by the same amount. The same
10.__________ will be applied in the case of a downward revaluation.
43
pages, as, accounts, world, connected, made, for, partners, also, son, than, same
Where no payment is 1.________ either through or outside the 2.___________ in connection

with a change in partnership sharing ratio, a Capital Gains Tax charge will only arise if the
transaction is otherwise than by way of a bargain made at arm's length and falls therefore
within TCGA92/S17 extended by TCGA 92/S18 3.___________ transactions between
connected persons. Under TCGA92/S286 (4) transfers of partnership assets between partners
are not regarded 4.___________ transactions between connected persons if they are pursuant
to genuine commercial arrangements. This treatment will 5.__________ be given to
transactions between an incoming partner and the existing 6._____________. Where the
partners (including incoming partners) are connected other than by partnership (for example,
father and 7.___________ or are otherwise not at arm's length (for example, uncle and
nephew) the transfer of a share in the partnership assets may fall to be treated as having been
made at market value. Market value will not be substituted, however, if nothing would have
been paid had the parties been at arm's length. Similarly if consideration of less than market
value passes between partners 8.___________ other than by partnership or otherwise not at
arm's length, the transfer will only be regarded as having been made for full market value if
the consideration actually paid was less 9.______________ that which would have been paid
by parties at arm's length. Where a transfer has to be treated as if it had taken place for
market value, the deemed disposal will fall to be treated in the 10.___________ way as
payments outside the accounts.
44
provided, members, accordance, her, person, pictures, approval, terms, receives, therefore, advise,
same
No liability to inheritance tax arises on winnings by a football pool, National Lottery or

similar syndicate 1. ______________ that the winnings are paid out in 2.____________ with
the terms of an agreement drawn up before the win.
Where for example football winnings are paid out, in accordance with a pre-existing
enforceable arrangement, among the members of a syndicate in proportion to the share of the
stake money each has provided, each member of the syndicate 3. ____________ what
already belongs to him or 4.____________.
There is, 5._____________, no ‘gift’ or ‘chargeable transfer’ by the 6._______________
who, on behalf of the members, receives the winnings from the pools promoter.
Members of a pool syndicate may think it wise to record in a written, signed and dated
statement, the existence and 7.__________ of the agreement between them. But HM
Revenue and Customs cannot 8.____________ on the wording or legal effect of such a
statement, nor do they wish copies of such statements to be sent to them for
9._____________ or registration. Where following pools win the terms of an agreement are
varied or part of the winnings are distributed to persons who are not members of the
syndicate, an IHT liability may be incurred. The 10.______________ principles apply to
premium bonds syndicates and other similar arrangements.
45
customers, mistaken, engaged, generate, sense, floors, launched, relied, crowd, fan, relatively,
significant
Steve Jobs was not a 1.______________ of market research. He famously said "You can't
just ask 2.___________ what they want then try to give that to them. By the time you get it
built, they'll want something new."Instead, he 3.____________ on his own instinct for
refining existing technologies, developing new products and packaging them in a way that
people would want to use. Before the iPod appeared in 2001, there was 4.____________
little interest in MP3 music players. Those products that did exist were chunky, often fiddly
to use, and were largely bought by early adopter tech enthusiasts. So appealing were gadgets
such as the iPod, iPhone and iPad that the public quickly 5.___________ with them. That
was due, in no small part, to Steve Jobs' ability as a salesman - explaining his products
simply in a way that everyone could understand.
Steve Jobs knew how to work a 6.______________. He could build excitement around
technologies which, sometimes, were neither new nor world changing.
When the iPad 2 7.______________, a large part of his presentation was dedicated to the
device's "smart cover" - a square of vinyl with magnetic hinges. Yet it garnered
8.______________ media coverage.
Even seasoned journalists were not immune, with many finding that it took them several
hours recovery time to fully make 9.____________ of the announcements. The phenomenon
was named the "reality distortion field". No other Apple executive has, as yet, demonstrated
Steve Jobs' ability to 10._____________ it.
46
hero, decade, more, appearance, bottom, reflect, publicly, suits, responsible, comedians, secretive,
attention,
For the past 1._____________, Steve Jobs almost always wore the same outfit. From top to
2._____________, it was a black St. Croix mock turtleneck sweater, blue Levi 501 jeans, and
New Balance 991 trainers. The items may 3.___________ his minimalist tastes, or perhaps
his flair for personal as well as corporate branding.
Mr Jobs does not appear to have spoken 4.____________ about his choice of clothing,
although he is said to have told friends that he did not care about his 5.______________.
This was not always the case. During the 1980s he would regularly make public appearances
in flashy Italian 6._____________, and was even known to wear a colourful bow tie.
His distinctive appearance was often parodied by 7._____________.
Apple is so 8.___________ that little is known about its internal design processes, however
stories do leak out, and most of those tell of Steve Jobs' fanatical 9.___________ to detail.
Google executive Vic Gundotra tells of the time that his company was partnering with Apple
to put Google Maps on the iPhone. Mr Gundotra received a personal call from Steve Jobs on
a weekend, expressing displeasure that the second letter "o" was the wrong shade of yellow.
While British designer Jonathan Ive is 10.______________ for the overall look and feel of
products such as the iMac, iPod and iPhone, many of the company's patents bear both his and
Steve Jobs' names.
47
successor, earth, admitted, cover, tradition, eventually, rest, launches, matter, personal, launching,
utter,
Steve Jobs was undoubtedly a product of 1960s and 1970s counter-culture California. As a
young man, he travelled to India to stay in an ashram. Eastern philosophy would continue to
be a part of his life, and he remained a Buddhist for the 1.___________ of his life. Mr Jobs
also 2.___________ taking LSD around the same time. He called the experience "one of the
two or three most important things I have done in my life," according to John Markoff's book
"What the dormouse said: How the sixties counterculture shaped the personal computer
industry". Money appeared to 3._________ little to Steve Jobs. He told the Wall Street
Journal: "Being the richest man in the cemetery doesn't matter to me… Going to bed at night
saying we've done something wonderful… that's what matters to me."
Steve Jobs' music tastes were well known from his product 4.__________. Singles and
albums would regularly flash across the screen of new Macs or iPhones. The Beatles and Bob
Dylan were two of his favourite artists. Getting the rights to sell the fab four's music through
iTunes became a long running saga which was 5.___________ resolved in November 2010.
Mr Jobs' top 10 albums, listed on the Apple social music service Ping, also included Kind of
Blue by Miles Davis, American Beauty by The Grateful Dead and Who's Next by The Who.
He had a more 6.____________ connection to one particular musical icon, having briefly
dated Dylan's ex-girlfriend, singer Joan Baez.
Sometimes you have to save the best for last. Steve Jobs regularly did that when
7.______________ products. Having unveiled a raft of new gadgets, just as guests were
getting ready to leave, he would 8.____________ the now famous words "One more
thing..."When he did so, there was always a mischievous smile. It was part of his genius as a
showman. One more things have included the Powerbook G4, iPod touch and Facetime video
calling. Steve Jobs' 9.____________, Tim Cook opted not to do a one more thing at the
launch of the iPhone 4S in October 2011.It is unclear if the 10._____________ will continue
after Steve Jobs, meaning we may have seen the last ever one more thing.
48
grow, gradually, rehabilitation, realising, wrecked, crash, miracle, dealing, bridge, smile, fell,
plunged,
A man in a coma for 19 years after a car 1.______________ woke up and started talking to
his mother, sitting at his bedside. Terry Wallis began slowly with just a few nouns, but
2.____________ a torrent f phrases came pouring forth. “He started out with ‘Mum’ and
surprised her, and then it was ‘Pepsi’ and then it was ‘milk’” said Alesha Badgley, director of
the Arkansas 3._________________ centre where Wallis was being cared for. “Now it is
anything he wants to say.” His mother Angilee Wallis said it was a 4.__________. “I
couldn’t tell you my first thought, I just 5.____________ over on the floor” she said.
Terry Wallis, now 39, was driving with a friend 19 years ago when their car left the road and
6.____________ into a creek. The pair were found the next day under a 7.____________ –
the friend was dead and Wallis was in a coma.
His daughter Amber, who was born just before the crash, is now 19. “It has been hard
8.___________ with it; it has been hard 9.____________ the man I married cannot be there”
said his wife, Sandi. “ The whole family missed out on his company.” His father Jerry said
his son talks almost non-stop now. “It was kind of peculiar. He 10.____________ on Friday
the 13th, and, 19 years later, he started talking on Friday the 13th” Jerry Wallis said.
49
jackpot, figure, couple, deprived, high, win, gifts, lottery, game, home, charity, teenage,
A 1._____________ who have given away more than £5.5 million of the £7.6 million
they won on the 2.____________ three years ago spent yesterday logging car number plates in
the hope of finding the combination for another big 3.____________. Even though they have
already walked off with one 4.____________, Raymond and Barbara Wragg still play the
5._____________, which could be good news for good causes near their 6._____________ in
Sheffield. Speaking on BBC Radio’s The Morning Show, Mrs Wragg said they had first made
7._________________ to family and friends before making further donations for
8.____________.Their most recent donation was £20,000 to fund a 9.___________ cancer unit
at Weston Park Hospital in Sheffield. They have also given £10,000 to pay for a child-size MRI
scanner at Sheffield Children’s Hospital and took 240 pupils from a local school in a 10.
_________________ area to see a Disney-on-ice show.
50
prices, influenced, worth, compared, warned, significant, burden, attitudes, add, property,
conducted, joint,
Bachelors who want to stay single were 1.___________ not to buy a home with their girl-
friend yesterday after research showed that women see 2.____________, not engagement, as
the biggest bond. Tradition used to dictate that a woman’s only desire was to get a ring on
her finger, but a survey published yesterday showed that buying a home with her boyfriend is
now seen as far more 3.______________. The research, 4._____________ by the Woolwich,
found that 34 per cent of women think a 5._____________ deposit on a property is “the
clearest signal for a long-term relationship.” Just 13 per cent think that getting engaged is
making such a clear signal. The number of people marrying has fallen to fewer than 250,000
a year, the lowest for more than a century, according to the Office for National Statistics.
Women’s 6.____________towards buying a home with a boyfriend may well have been
7._______________ by the fact that a deposit on a property is a far greater financial
8.____________ than an engagement ring. The rise in property 9.____________ around the
country means that the average deposit paid by a couple on their first property is £25,000, 10.
_____________ with £1,100 for an engagement ring.
1
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
Total score for reading tasks is 10. For each correct answer you will get 1 point. For each incorrect
answer you will get 0 point.
Read the article about a new invention and decide if the statements 1-5 are true (T) or false
(F).
SERVICE WITH A SMILE

Three new McDonald’s stores open somewhere in the world each day. There are now over 14
000 McDonald stores worldwide and sales are over $23 billion. So how do they do it? What are
the company’s strengths?
Value: McDonald’s keep prices low. They concentrate on increasing market share.
Advertising: McDonald’s spend $1.4 billion annually on marketing, more than any other
company in the world.
Training: Every employee receives at least two or three days’ training and all the managers
attend regular courses. The company even has its own Hamburger University in Oakbrook,
Illinois.
Face-to-face meeting: The company headquarters don’t have an e-mail system and there is no
computer in the CEO’s office but ideas still fly around. There are regular meetings between
people in the same region and people in the same line of work.
Close relationships with the suppliers: McDonald’s work closely with their suppliers to make
sure they can meet the McDonald’s specifications.
Cultural sensitivity: Before they enter a new country’s market, they research the culture
thoroughly. And they employ local staff if they can.
Customer Service: The restaurants are clean, the service is quick and every McDonald’s
burger comes with a smile.
1. T F McDonald’s spend $1.4 billion yearly.
2. T F A month’s training and regular courses are necessary for both employee and
managers.
3. T F The company administration needs e-mail system and computers badly.
4. T F McDonald’s considers working with suppliers to be important.
5. T F The company cultural sensitivity prohibits to hire local staff.
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
Total score for reading tasks is 10. For each correct answer you will get 1 point. correct answer you
will get 0 point.
(F).
HIGHFLYING TASTES
The average British Executive has a game of squash or swim after work. Then he goes home to
his detached house, washes up after dinner and sits down in front of the television with a scotch.
This is according to a survey on the different lifestyles of business people in thirteen different
countries. Researchers for the Pan European survey interviewed 8604 professional people with a
high income, education level or occupational status. Those interviewed were all aged between 25
and 74 and most of them were in the 35-44 age group.
The survey found that European Executives have very different attitude to life, but there is one
thing on which they all agree. They are all patriotic when buying a car.
The British prefer Austin Rover and Ford, the French have Citroens and Peugeots, the Germans
have BMWs and Mercedes and the Italians have their Alfa Romeos and Fiats.
1. T F Average British executive cannot afford squash or swimming after work.
2. T F The survey was the result of questioning people in more than 13 different countries.
3. T F Most of the interviewed were aged between 35 and 44.
4. T F The survey revealed that European farmers are patriotic when buying a car.
5. T F Germans, being patriotic buy BMWs and Mercedes.
3
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
THE STORY OF COKE

Coca-Cola was invented in Atlanta, Georgia, on May 8, 1886. Dr. John Styth Pemberton
made it in his backyard took it to his local pharmacy, and they put it on sale at 5 cent a glass.
Hand-painted signs saying “Coca-Cola” appeared outside the store and inside signs invited
customers to “Drink”. But sales didn’t take off. In the first year they averaged just 9 drinks a day.
Dr. Pemberton didn’t see the potential of his new drink. He thought it would never be very
successful and he steadily sold his shares in the business to different partners. In 1888, just
before he died, he sold his last shares to Asa G. Candler, a businessman from Atlanta.
Asa Candler had a talent for marketing. He distributed thousands of coupons for a
complimentary glass of Coca-Cola and he promoted the drink with souvenir fans, calendars,
clocks and novelties. Sales rose dramatically and, by 1892, they were 10 times their 1888 level.
The huge increase in the popularity of the drink led to problems meeting demand. Coca-Cola
had to develop a bottling system and set up plants. The first bottling plant opened in Vicksburg
in 1894 and over the next 25 years, the number of plants rose from two to over a thousand. Other
soft drink companies tried to imitate the Coca-Cola taste, so the company kept the drink’s
formula secret and searched for a distinctive package. In 1916, they introduced the first bottle
with the famous Coca-Cola shape.
In 1941 there were bottle plants in 44 countries. Then the United States joined the war, and
the company president gave an order “to see that every man in uniform gets a bottle of Coca-
Cola for 5 cents, wherever he is and whatever the cost of the company”. As a result, Coca-Cola
shipped 64 bottling plants abroad during the war. And when the war finished, they were ready to
conquer the world. From the mid 1940s until 1960, the number of countries with bottling plants
nearly doubled.
In the 1980s, in the USA only, the company launched a new taste for Coke. This was the first
change in the secret formula since 1886. In pre-launch tests, consumers preferred the new taste.
But the tests couldn’t measure their feelings for the brand. Coca-Cola had a special place in their
hearts and they didn’t want to change. For the first time in history sales of Coca-Cola fell. The
company responded quickly and marketed the original formula again as Coca-Cola Classic. Sales
climbed back up again, and continued to grow. So today millions of people all over the world are
drinking Coke.
1. T F The first year Coca-Cola’s sails didn’t exceed 5 drinks a day.
2. T F Though Asa Candler had a talent in marketing he never believed in promoting

the drink with souvenir fans, calendars, clocks and novelties.
3. T F Companies, producing soft drinks tries to copy the Coca-Cola taste.
4. T F When the US joined the war the company’s President ordered to give each man in
uniform a bottle of Coca-Cola for free.
5. T F In pre-launch tests consumers preferred Coca-Cola new taste and the sales rose.
4
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
In a village in Uganda, a woman named Fatima Serwona ran a small store. She sold food and
other useful items. However, she had trouble making enough money to keep the shelves
stocked. WHO IS FOR A BUSINESS LUNCH?
Forget the language barriers. Forget the jet lag. If you’re travelling abroad for business, your
most difficult problem is lunch. Every country has different customs and you can’t afford to get
it wrong.
Down in the south of Europe, lunch breaks last a long time. In Italy they can last three hours.
In Spain they can be followed by a siesta. Some Greek people actually have a siesta instead of
lunch, so they can prepare for a very substantial late dinner. And when dinner comes,
everyone’s attention is on the food. So don’t worry if the business discussion is slow starting.
The goal is to eat well, demonstrate hospitality and develop relationship. Business can wait.
Some lunches are lighter than others. If you’re in Scandinavia, a business lunch is
sometimes just a plate of sandwiches. And don’t be surprised if your hosts refuse alcohol and
drink milk instead – and skimmed milk at that. Not all places are so health conscious. As one
Russian businessman remarked “The Americans are always complaining about smoking and
drinking. In Russia we have no problem. We do both.”
The French like to take a long time over their lunch. One traveller can recall a French
lunch that lasted seven hours. French restaurants sometimes have a special “business menu”.
This is a trick. It’s a reasonably quick three course meal designed for people who have no
business to do. If you want to do business, choose from the real menu and take your time.
Anything under about two hours is classed as a coffee break.
1. T F All the lunch customs in the world are nearly the same.
2. T F In the south of Europe lunch is a special long lasting procedure.
3. T F In Scandinavia a business lunch is a short-time procedure during which hosts

will refuse alcohol.
4. T F Americans are more health conscious that Russians.
5. T F In France they say that if you want to do business you should choose from the main
menu and take your time.
5
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
WHO IS FOR A BUSINESS LUNCH?
Forget the language barriers. Forget the jet lag. If you’re travelling abroad for business, your
most difficult problem is lunch. Every country has different customs and you can’t afford to get
it wrong.
Down in the south of Europe, lunch breaks last a long time. In Italy they can last three hours.
In Spain they can be followed by a siesta. Some Greek people actually have a siesta instead of
lunch, so they can prepare for a very substantial late dinner. And when dinner comes,
everyone’s attention is on the food. So don’t worry if the business discussion is slow starting.
The goal is to eat well, demonstrate hospitality and develop relationship. Business can wait.
Some lunches are lighter than others. If you’re in Scandinavia, a business lunch is
sometimes just a plate of sandwiches. And don’t be surprised if your hosts refuse alcohol and
drink milk instead – and skimmed milk at that. Not all places are so health conscious. As one
Russian businessman remarked “The Americans are always complaining about smoking and
drinking. In Russia we have no problem. We do both.”
The French like to take a long time over their lunch. One traveller can recall a French
lunch that lasted seven hours. French restaurants sometimes have a special “business menu”.
This is a trick. It’s a reasonably quick three course meal designed for people who have no
business to do. If you want to do business, choose from the real menu and take your time.
Anything under about two hours is classed as a coffee break.
1. T F People in Spain have a short sleep before lunch.
2. T F If you’re dining with Greek people, they will talk about business all the time.
3. T F Scandinavians eat very substantial lunches.
4. T F Americans smoke and drink a lot during at lunch.
5. T F French business menus are not suitable for people who have to do business.
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
In September, the campuses of America will be full of not only returning undergraduates, but
also employers offering jobs to the best 10% of them. “We are seeing a far more competitive
market for talent”, says Steve Canale, a recruitment manager at General Electric (GE).
Companies are also looking at summer work experience students more as potential full-time
employees than as a temporary staff. 60% of GE's graduate recruits in America this year, for
instance, will come from more than 2,000 summer students.
Firms are working harder to improve their image in the eyes of undergraduates. GE
focuses on 38 universities where it actively promotes itself as an employer.
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PWC), an accounting firm, targets 200 universities and gives a
partner responsibility for each. PWC says that each of these partners spends up to 200 hours
a year “building relationships on campus”. According to a survey by Universum, which
asked 30,000 American students to name their ideal employer, PWC came second in 2005
(up from 4th in 2004), beaten only by BMW. Yet the German carmaker, which replaced
Microsoft as the leader in 2005, avoids campuses, relying for its popularity, says Universum,
on the “coolness” of its products.
1. T F The competition for recruiting graduates has grown recently.

2. T F General Electric is offering jobs to all its work experience students.
3. T F Companies want to make more of an impression on students.
4. T F PWC gives each partner responsibility for one of 38 universities.
5. T F In 2005 BMW was the most popular employer for students.
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
We know that in modern businesses, there are times when the office is busy and times when
it is quiet. So how can you get all your work done during these busy periods? Hiring temporary
staff is always difficult because you may not have office space, and you cannot always be sure of
the standards. So why not give us a call?
We can provide professional administrative and secretarial support for your business. Our
secretaries provide office support from fully equipped offices in their own homes. They
communicate with you using email, telephone, fax or post. You can even keep track of what your
secretary is working on using our “Eagle Eye” software. You will be surprised at just how many
office jobs can be accomplished virtually!
And the great thing about our Remote Office Secretaries is that you only pay for the time it
takes the secretary to complete the jobs that you assign. This gives you great cost savings! There
is no costs incurred advertising for temporary staff. Plus, you don’t have to pay the employee’s
annual leave, sickness cover and overtime payments.
Our hourly rates start at £ 20.00 an hour. Time is charged per minute, and you can hire out an
office assistant for a minimum of 1 hour. We can offer preferential rates for long-term projects
and repeat contracts. There may be additional charges for telephoning charges if these exceed £
5. 00 per week.
If this isn’t enticing enough, we can also offer you the following services:
Overnight delivery services – get those reports typed up so that they are available first thing in
the morning!
Even Organization - Leave all the planning to us, so that your staff can concentrate your
current projects.
Call us on 04855 758837 for more information about our services.
1. T F Businesses do not have to provide equipment for Remote Office Secretaries..

2. T F Businesses can use a computer programme to see the secretary at work.
3. T F Customers can hire a secretary for thirty minutes worth of work.
4. T F Customers who use this service regularly get a cheaper price.
5. T F All telephone charges are included in the £ 20.00 per hour rate.
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
New services and production capabilities are constantly being added to the company's
growing international group. Projections for the telecommunications industry are excellent.
By the end of 2005, optic fibre will have been installed in all major cities around the world.
Third generation mobile phones will have become capable of videoconferencing. Consumer
demand will have grown by an astounding 700%. Globalcall Communications will certainly
be a large player in all of these developments. To that end, management will be considering a
number of future production capabilities at next week's quarterly conference. Operating
efficiency will be a prime consideration, as well as the effort to incorporate the latest
technology to ensure economy of operation. Top management will also be looking at
acquiring a number of production plants in Asia. Company leaders feel that current
production capability will have been exceeded by the end of 2003. The most likely
candidates are some Taiwan plants that have some the most sophisticated telecommunication
production machinery in the world.
1. T F Optic fibre will have been installed in all major cities by the end of 2005.
2. T F Consumers will be able to hold videoconferences on their mobile phones in the

future.
3. T F Consumer demand will have grown by 70% by the end of 2005.
4. T F Management will be meeting next month to consider a number of production

capabilities.
5. T F Taiwan plants have some of the most sophisticated telecommunication production

machinery in the world.
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Our coast to coast wireless services will keep you in touch - not just in the greater Seattle
metropolitan area, but throughout North American with the North American Wireless
Webwork. Employing state-of-the-art Bluetooth interconnectivity, this wireless web ensures
that you'll have access to a powerful network that allows you dedicated access to the Internet
through your mobile phone accessing more than 3,000 local wireless providers across the
continent.
The Benefits: As many mobile professionals know, accessing the wide variety of Internet
providers across the country can cause many a headache. If you are a power Internet
professional, you will appreciate our service that has united the often confusing web of local
Internet connections into one easy-to-use package. Our low rate plans include the ability to
choose your own extended area for the application of special low rates provided by this
package. Or you can choose our flat-rate continental plan which includes always-on
connection coverage in 42 of the continental United States.
1. T F This wireless plan is intended for mobile phone users who do not have Bluetooth
capacity.
2. T F Customers use their mobile phones to access the Internet.
3. T F Internet connection is provided by more than 3,000 national wireless providers.
4. T F Local Internet accessing procedures can be confusing.
5. T F You can choose a plan only for your local extended area, or for national coverage.
10
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Globalcall Communications
Globalcall Communications has grown from a telecommunications solutions provider for

local businesses in the greater Seattle metropolitan area to a truly global corporation
providing telecommunications solutions for clients both large and small. Established to fill a
significant market gap for simple communication solutions, the company first expanded to
most major North American cities before becoming a major multinational player.
Presently, the company is extending operations to include voice over IP, as well as high-
speed cable Internet access. Globalcall Communications' team includes more than 40,000
specialists worldwide in more than 20 countries on three continents. Next year will see the
deployment of a third generation wireless communications network in Asian countries.
The future looks bright for Globalcall Communications. By 2005 the company will be
servicing more than 15 million households and businesses globally. Globalcall
Communications will have become a household word. We look forward to serving clients
and are planning to do everything in our power to make sure that your communication future
is unlimited AND simple.
1. T F The company began by offering computer software solutions to local businesses in

the greater Seattle metropolitan area.
2. T F The company was founded on an approach to providing simple communication
solutions.
3. T F The company is expanding operations at the moment.
4. T F Worldwide communications employs more than 40,000 specialists.
5. T F The company expects to be servicing more than 50 million customers worldwide by
2005.
11
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Retail Banking: Appeal of the softer size of the business

Retail banking used to be an aspirational career. But as the banks have changed, so has the
attraction. “Graduates have to be led into thinking about retail banking”, says Terry Jones of
the Association of the Graduate Career Adisory Services. “They think first about the
investment banks or accountancy – they think retail is not as interesting as working on
mergers and acquisitions or trading.”
He may be right. High-street bank managers are no longer as respected as they used to be.
Staff are much more concerned with selling products and financial services, and much of the
customer contact has moved to big call centers or the Internet. “The work feels relatively low
status,” says Mr. Jones.
However, the banks don’t feel the same way. “We’re looking for people who are customer
driven, who can form good working relationships and lead sales teams”, says John
Morewood, senior manager for graduate recruiting at HSBC. “We look for graduates who
have had experience of working with customers”.
HSBC is typical of the high-street banks in running two main graduate schemes. The
executive management scheme is a two-year development programme that aims to put
graduates into a leadership role. It takes between 25 and 30 every year. “These people have
the potential to go very high”, says Mr. Morewood. “We’re looking for strategic thinkers”.
The second scheme, which is more concerned with retail and commercial banking, takes
between 120 and 150 people a year and gives graduates responsibility much earlier.
1. T F Retail banking is not as attractive as it used to be.

2. T F Graduates prefer to work in other financial areas.
3. T F Retail banking staff have to sell products and financial services.
4. T F Banks are not interested in recruits with customer experience.
5. T F The executive management scheme lasts three years.
12
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Cost-effective route to create future managers

Mike Turner, chief executive of BAE Systems, Europe’s biggest defence company, and a
member of the Apprenticeships Task Force, is a prime example of how starting at the bottom of
the corporate ladder can lead to a top job. “I began my working life as an apprentice”, said Mr.
Turner, who argues that apprenticeships remain one of the most cost-effective ways of filling
skill shortages, as well as developing managers of the future.
According to the task force’s report, published today, BAE expects to save up to $1 m. a year by
training apprentices rather than hiring and retraining outside workers, “as apprenticeships cost 25
per cent less than training non-apprentices”.
It is “much more attractive to recruit young people as apprentices, as recruitment costs are lower,
staff turnover is lower and apprentices quickly identified with company values”, according to the
task force. BT, the telecommunication group, for example, has “circulated a benefit of over $1
300 per apprentice per annum when compared to non-apprentice recruitment”.
Companies, even in industries such as construction and engineering, where training costs were
high, found that young people in the later years of their apprenticeships were making “a high
contribution relative to their wage costs”, said the task force.
Honda has reported that it took two years to retrain someone trained by another car
manufacturer. Apprentices by contrast “quickly understood their (Honda) company values and
practices.”
Apprenticeships were also a “cost-effective way of replacing an ageing workforce and ensuring
the effective transfer of knowledge”. Xerox, the office equipment group, told the task force.
1. T F Mike Turner is a chief executive at Europe’s biggest entertaining company.

2. T F BAE Expects to save by training apprentices.
3. T F According to the text recruiting apprentices is mainly the advantage.
4. T F According to the text apprentices are not considered to be making a productive
contribution
5. T F Honda likes apprentices because they quickly understood Honda’s values and
practices.
13
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Amazon goes to Hollywood with film dealer
Amazon, the largest on-line retailer, is going to Hollywood after striking its first deal for the film
rights to a best-selling novel.
It is expected to team up with the Hollywood studio and producer after it acquired the screen
rights to “The Stolen Child”, a fantasy tale by first-time author Keith Donohue. As part of the
agreement, Amazon pledged that it would market the film and its subsequent DVD on its
website.
The deal comes during speculation that Amazon is poised to broaden its film ambitions by
introducing a new video download service in conjunction with major Hollywood studios.
Amazon said it did not intend to co-finance the film, but that the company’s brand, retail
expertise, and customers around the world could make it “an extremely valuable partner in the
marketing and distribution of this film”.
Amazon has this year increased its involvement in video programming on its site launching a
weekly interview programme with artists and authors. In 2004 the company also produced 5
short live-action films on its website, featuring famous actors which it used to promote its credit
card and the range of goods available on its US Site.
Another asset Amazon could bring to a film-making process is the consumer research compiled
by its website. Based on its sales data, for example, Amazon would be well positioned to target
the film at customers who have read the book and others like it, or bought similar DVDs from
the site.
The deal also reflects the growing presence of non-traditional producers in Hollywood.
1. T F Amazon has bought screen rights to The Stolen Child.

2. T F The author has written several other books.
3. T F Amazon may provide a new video service.
4. T F Amazon will invest a large amount in the film.
5. T F Famous actors have been used to advertise Amazon products
14
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
The volatility of Internet stocks says a lot about what is expected from them. It says rather less
about the true health of the online advertising market.
Carat, the media buying group, expects Internet advertising worldwide to grow by 25 per cent
this year. In developed markets, growth rates are even faster. US first-quarter online advertising
growth, for example, was 38 per cent and there remains plenty of room for further rapid
expansion. Credit Suisse expects US online spending to grow at an annual rate of 22 per cent
over five years, but that still leaves it with a total market share of about one-tenth.
Demand from advertisers, however, is strengthened because people believe that online
advertising generates a high return of investment. Measurement is never easy but based on
survey data from TNS Media Intelligence, online currently enjoys a return on investment of 26
per cent, compared with 17 per cent for magazines, the next closest category.
Online offers the opportunity for manufacturers to reach a larger number of consumers. A recent
study found that US food companies are increasingly using Internet to target children with
interactive games and commercials, which is a concern of anti-obesity compaigners, but example
of the potential of “reach media”.
With expected overall advertising market growth of only 4 to 5 per cent this year, traditional
media continue to use share. In the UK, for example, print media advertising shrank 5 per cent
last year, while on-line grew by almost two-third. Share prices of Internet stocks will continue to
fluctuate greatly, but it is traditional print media companies that face the toughest future.
1. T F This year, Internet advertising is expected to increase by a quarter.

2. T F In some markets, the increase will be lower.
3. T F Credit Suisse predicts spending in the US to fall below 22%.
4. T F Online advertising in the US enjoys approximately 10% of the
market share.
5. T F The return on investment of online advertising is higher than or other media.
15
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
The volatility of Internet stocks says a lot about what is expected from them. It says rather less
about the true health of the online advertising market.
Carat, the media buying group, expects Internet advertising worldwide to grow by 25 per cent
this year. In developed markets, growth rates are even faster. US first-quarter online advertising
growth, for example, was 38 per cent and there remains plenty of room for further rapid
expansion. Credit Suisse expects US online spending to grow at an annual rate of 22 per cent
over five years, but that still leaves it with a total market share of about one-tenth.
Demand from advertisers, however, is strengthened because people believe that online
advertising generates a high return of investment. Measurement is never easy but based on
survey data from TNS Media Intelligence, online currently enjoys a return on investment of 26
per cent, compared with 17 per cent for magazines, the next closest category.
Online offers the opportunity for manufacturers to reach a larger number of consumers. A recent
study found that US food companies are increasingly using Internet to target children with
interactive games and commercials, which is a concern of anti-obesity compaigners, but example
of the potential of “reach media”.
With expected overall advertising market growth of only 4 to 5 per cent this year, traditional
media continue to use share. In the UK, for example, print media advertising shrank 5 per cent
last year, while on-line grew by almost two-third. Share prices of Internet stocks will continue to
fluctuate greatly, but it is traditional print media companies that face the toughest future.
1. T F Experts say that traditional media continue to lose market share.

2. T F In the UK, online advertising has grown by 5%.
3. T F Internet stocks should become more stable in the future.
4. T F Internet is increasingly used by US food companies to target
children with interactive games and commercials
5. T F People believe that online advertising generates a high return of investment, which
cause the increase of the demand for advertisers.
16
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Living in the countryside can be very difficult for teenagers. Their nearest friend lives miles
away and it’s impossible to get into the town to go shopping or attend a club. 13-year-old Fiona
Timson, who lives in Carneath in Wales, says ‘Everyone else in my class seems to have such
interesting weekends. They meet each other by chance when they’re out shopping, and they
decide there and then to do something cool together. That never happens to me.’
Fiona’s mum, Helen, realizes it’s a problem. ‘We moved here because it was quiet and we knew
we wouldn’t have to worry about her going out alone. But we possibly made the wrong choice.
Fiona hardly ever leaves home, not because she’s scared, but because there is simply nowhere
for her to go. The village is tiny, and most of the people living here are old. I can’t drive her
around because we only have one car, and my husband uses it for work.’ Fiona can’t spend the
evening with friends because the last bus to Carneath is at ten past five in the afternoon. She
even has to leave her school orchestra practice early in order to catch it.
The Country Kids organization aims to help children like Fiona, and their families. A grant from
Country Kids gives families money for four taxi rides per month, up to a distance of twenty five
miles each. This allows children like Fiona to attend an after-school club once per week or visit
friends on Sundays. Country Kids also organizes trips to theatres and sports events in nearby
cities at weekends. The parents don’t have to do anything. A minibus comes directly to the house
and picks the kids up.
To qualify for a grant from Country Kids, children must be between the ages of eleven and
sixteen, and live in a village with a population of less than 1000 people. The village must be
more than twenty miles from a town. The family’s income must also be below a certain level.
For Fiona’s school friend Emma, who lives in nearby Dolbury with a population of 894, it’s
perfect. Unfortunately, Fiona misses out. The population of Carneath is 1159.
The number of families applying to Country Kids for a grant is increasing, and its president,
Judith Sankey, is finding it more and more difficult to find funding. ‘There are so many great
organizations looking for money. A lot of people feel that curing diseases and helping animals is
more important than the work we do, so they prefer to give their money to them. We’re always
worrying that we won’t be able to carry on. But the families we help really do appreciate what
we do, so I hope the organization can continue to run in the future.’
1. T F Fiona would like to have fun without having to make plans.

2. T F Fiona’s family moved to the countryside because of their work.
3. T F Fiona’s mother does not allow Fiona to go out alone.
4. T F Very few children and teenagers live in Carneath.
5. T F Fiona is unable to play in the school orchestra because of where she lives.
17
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Living in the countryside can be very difficult for teenagers. Their nearest friend lives miles
away and it’s impossible to get into the town to go shopping or attend a club. 13-year-old Fiona
Timson, who lives in Carneath in Wales, says ‘Everyone else in my class seems to have such
interesting weekends. They meet each other by chance when they’re out shopping, and they
decide there and then to do something cool together. That never happens to me.’
Fiona’s mum, Helen, realizes it’s a problem. ‘We moved here because it was quiet and we knew
we wouldn’t have to worry about her going out alone. But we possibly made the wrong choice.
Fiona hardly ever leaves home, not because she’s scared, but because there is simply nowhere
for her to go. The village is tiny, and most of the people living here are old. I can’t drive her
around because we only have one car, and my husband uses it for work.’ Fiona can’t spend the
evening with friends because the last bus to Carneath is at ten past five in the afternoon. She
even has to leave her school orchestra practice early in order to catch it.
The Country Kids organization aims to help children like Fiona, and their families. A grant from
Country Kids gives families money for four taxi rides per month, up to a distance of twenty five
miles each. This allows children like Fiona to attend an after-school club once per week or visit
friends on Sundays. Country Kids also organizes trips to theatres and sports events in nearby
cities at weekends. The parents don’t have to do anything. A minibus comes directly to the house
and picks the kids up.
To qualify for a grant from Country Kids, children must be between the ages of eleven and
sixteen, and live in a village with a population of less than 1000 people. The village must be
more than twenty miles from a town. The family’s income must also be below a certain level.
For Fiona’s school friend Emma, who lives in nearby Dolbury with a population of 894, it’s
perfect. Unfortunately, Fiona misses out. The population of Carneath is 1159.
The number of families applying to Country Kids for a grant is increasing, and its president,
Judith Sankey, is finding it more and more difficult to find funding. ‘There are so many great
organizations looking for money. A lot of people feel that curing diseases and helping animals is
more important than the work we do, so they prefer to give their money to them. We’re always
worrying that we won’t be able to carry on. But the families we help really do appreciate what
we do, so I hope the organization can continue to run in the future.’
1. T F A child with a Country Kids grants gets free transport home twice per week.
2. T F Country Kids pays for children to see plays in nearby towns.
3. T F Fiona doesn’t qualify for a Country Kids grant because her family earns too much.
4. T F Fewer and fewer families are requesting money from Country Kids
5. T F Judish Sankey is worried that the Country Kids organizations may close down.
18
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
How to Save Petrol and the Environment

We are all aware of the need to protect the environment but sometimes it's difficult for us to do
the right thing. For example, if you're a motorist the convenience of jumping in the car to go
somewhere is balanced against the knowledge of how harmful each journey can be. But did you
know that making a few simple changes to your driving habits will not only do less damage to
our world but will also save you money and could even be good for your health?
Do you really need to take the car?
Try making more use of public transport. If the service is frequent and reliable you'll soon get
used to using buses and trains. In fact, for shorter journeys why not take the opportunity to get
into shape and go on foot.
Share the journey
How often do you see cars with just one occupant with the driver making the same journey as
others living nearby? Why not car share and half the cost of the journey? There are several
websites where people can swap details and make arrangements to meet up.
Change your habits
When you must use the car plan your journey so you can go to all the places you need to visit
rather taking the car out again and again. If you get caught in a traffic jam switch off the engine
when you're stationary for a long time. Try not to brake too sharply or accelerate too quickly as
this will lead to you using up more fuel. On cold mornings don't warm up the engine before you
start your journey and when you next put fuel in your car think about whether you really need to
fill up the tank. All that extra weight will put more pressure on the engine.
Servicing
Make sure you carry out basic maintenance like checking the tire pressure regularly. Finally,
keep your car regularly serviced so that it runs as efficiently as possible.
Steps like this will save you money and help you do your bit to protect the environment.
1. T F Drivers don’t care about the environment
2. T F Changing the way you drive has more than one benefit
3. T F The service on public transport is always good
4. T F You should walk when going somewhere nearby
5. T F If you travel with someone else it will save your money.
19
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
How to Save Petrol and the Environment
We are all aware of the need to protect the environment but sometimes it's difficult for us to do
the right thing. For example, if you're a motorist the convenience of jumping in the car to go
somewhere is balanced against the knowledge of how harmful each journey can be. But did you
know that making a few simple changes to your driving habits will not only do less damage to
our world but will also save you money and could even be good for your health?
Do you really need to take the car?
Try making more use of public transport. If the service is frequent and reliable you'll soon get
used to using buses and trains. In fact, for shorter journeys why not take the opportunity to get
into shape and go on foot.
Share the journey
How often do you see cars with just one occupant with the driver making the same journey as
others living nearby? Why not car share and half the cost of the journey? There are several
websites where people can swap details and make arrangements to meet up.
Change your habits
When you must use the car plan your journey so you can go to all the places you need to visit
rather taking the car out again and again. If you get caught in a traffic jam switch off the engine
when you're stationary for a long time. Try not to brake too sharply or accelerate too quickly as
this will lead to you using up more fuel. On cold mornings don't warm up the engine before you
start your journey and when you next put fuel in your car think about whether you really need to
fill up the tank. All that extra weight will put more pressure on the engine.
Servicing
Make sure you carry out basic maintenance like checking the tire pressure regularly. Finally,
keep your car regularly serviced so that it runs as efficiently as possible.
Steps like this will save you money and help you do your bit to protect the environment.
1. T F Avoid sharing personal details on the Internet.

2. T F Try to make one journey rather than lots of short ones
3. T F Braking quickly is the safest way to drive
4. T F Don’t leave the car running before you start a journey
5. T F Filling the car with fuel will save your money
20
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
THE ICEHOTEL
For many years the Arctic was a popular destination in the summer season to see the land of the
midnight sun but in winter the few inhabitants had the snow and ice to themselves. By the end
of the 1980s it was decided that the dark and cold winter should be seen as an advantage. In the
winter of 1990 the French artist Jannot Derit was invited to have the opening of an exhibition in
a specially built igloo (a building made of snow) in the little town of Jukkasjärvi on the frozen
Torne River. The building, named Arctic Hall, attracted many interested visitors to the area. One
night a group of foreign guests decided it would be a good idea to sleep in the Arctic Hall. The
following morning the brave group were very pleased with their experience and the idea of an
ice hotel was born. Today it is world famous.
As soon as winter begins, a team of snow builders, architects and artists from all over the world
come to Jukkasjärvi and they make the hotel for that year. As one part is completed, it opens to
visitors and overnight guests, while the other parts are still being built. The first part is completed
in December and each week after that a new part opens, until January 7th when the hotel is
completed. As the ICEHOTEL is built under the open sky, using the natural materials of the
winter season, the finishing date depends on nature and therefore there are sometimes changes to
the plan. In the spring, as the weather gets warmer, the hotel melts.
Inside the hotel, the temperature is never colder than –5 °C to –8 °C, however cold it may be
outside. Winter outer clothes such as warm overalls, hats and gloves are included in the cost of
guests’ stay at the hotel. In addition to this, it is a good idea for guests to bring sweaters and
a scarf as well as plenty of woollen socks and to choose footwear that is larger than normal to
allow space for thick socks.
If you are planning to come to the hotel, you can buy warm sweaters, woollen socks and much
more on the ICEHOTEL website. You can order these and the equipment you will need at the
same time as you book your visit. The items will be delivered to your room when you check in.
The hotel is in the village of Jukkasjärvi, 200 km above the Arctic Circle but only 15 km from
Kiruna airport and 17 km from Kiruna train station. Transport by bus can be arranged from the
airport or train station to the ICEHOTEL.
1. T F During the 1980s, few tourists used to go to the Arctic in summer.

2. T F People came in large numbers to Jukkasjärvi to see the Arctic Hall.
3. T F The artist encouraged people to sleep in the Arctic Hall.
4. T F Each winter, guests come and sleep in the hotel before it is finished.
5. T F Progress when building the hotel is influenced by the weather.
21
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
THE ICEHOTEL
For many years the Arctic was a popular destination in the summer season to see the land
of the midnight sun but in winter the few inhabitants had the snow and ice to themselves. By
the end of the 1980s it was decided that the dark and cold winter should be seen as an
advantage. In the winter of 1990 the French artist Jannot Derit was invited to have the
opening of an exhibition in a specially built igloo (a building made of snow) in the little town
of Jukkasjärvi on the frozen Torne River. The building, named Arctic Hall, attracted many
interested visitors to the area. One night a group of foreign guests decided it would be a good
idea to sleep in the Arctic Hall. The following morning the brave group were very pleased
with their experience and the idea of an ice hotel was born. Today it is world famous. As
soon as winter begins, a team of snow builders, architects and artists from all over the world
come to Jukkasjärvi and they make the hotel for that year. As one part is completed, it opens
to visitors and overnight guests, while the other parts are still being built. The first part is
completed in December and each week after that a new part opens, until January 7th when
the hotel is completed. As the ICEHOTEL is built under the open sky, using the natural
materials of the winter season, the finishing date depends on nature and therefore there are
sometimes changes to the plan. In the spring, as the weather gets warmer, the hotel melts.
Inside the hotel, the temperature is never colder than –5 °C to –8 °C, however cold it may be
outside. Winter outer clothes such as warm overalls, hats and gloves are included in the cost
of guests’ stay at the hotel. In addition to this, it is a good idea for guests to bring sweaters
and a scarf as well as plenty of woollen socks and to choose footwear that is larger than
normal to allow space for thick socks.
If you are planning to come to the hotel, you can buy warm sweaters, woollen socks and
much more on the ICEHOTEL website. You can order these and the equipment you will
need at the same time as you book your visit. The items will be delivered to your room when
you check in. The hotel is in the village of Jukkasjärvi, 200 km above the Arctic Circle but
only 15 km from Kiruna airport and 17 km from Kiruna train station. Transport by bus can be
arranged from the airport or train station to the ICEHOTEL.
1. T F The temperature inside the hotel changes according to the temperature outside.
2. T F Some clothes are provided by the hotel.
3. T F Guests should buy boots which fit as tightly as possible.
4. T F Items ordered through the ICEHOTEL shop will be delivered to your home.
5. T F It is possible to take a train from the airport to the ICEHOTEL.
22
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Anna’s new school

It’s been a very exciting week, as we’ve just moved into our new school building! It’s an
amazing place, as the builders have used wood for the whole thing, just like in our old school,
but it’s also one of the first in my country designed to be really environmentally friendly.
The school took months to build, so we saw it all happening. It was really exciting seeing the
builders clear the space where it would be, although it also meant that some lovely open land
disappeared. And the noise of the building machines was really loud, although the builders often
had to stop work because it rained so hard. We all began to think the building would never be
finished.
We have five classrooms now, which are enormous – much bigger than in our previous school
next door, which was very old. We share one room with people in the town when they want to
have meetings and so on. There’s a nursery too, a lovely dining room, and really big changing
rooms which we’re looking forward to using as soon as our new sports field is ready.
When you come into the school, one of the first things you notice is that there aren’t any heaters
in the building! Instead, the heat for the school comes from all of us inside it – the children, the
teachers and the computers we use. The building is so well designed that it holds all the heat
inside – and all the sound too, so if we sing inside our classrooms, we can almost believe we’re
inside a concert hall!
Another thing you’ll notice is that the school roof has a tree on top of it! It was put there by the
builders once they’d finished the roof, because they said it was the custom in Austria, the country
where the roof was made.
The electricity for lights and computers comes from a wind turbine on a hill behind the school.
We went with our teacher to look at it yesterday, and it goes round really fast. It’s so big, it can
be seen for miles! We took some pictures which we’re planning to put on the website.
Even though we’re already using the school building, there are still some parts to be added to it –
for example, at the moment we’re putting on a play for parents to come and see, but we still have
to walk back to our old school hall to do it. The replacement will be ready by next year, though.
We’re so pleased with our new school, and our teachers say we’ll all learn much faster now
we’re in it!
1. T F Anna’s school is the first one in her country to be made completely of wood.
2 T F Anna had mixed feelings about seeing the space cleared ready for building the school.
3 T F Builders managed to carry on with work on the school despite the weather.
4 T F There is one room that is kept just for local people to use for meetings.
5 T F The children find the new changing rooms convenient when they do sports on their field.
23
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Anna’s new school

It’s been a very exciting week, as we’ve just moved into our new school building! It’s an
amazing place, as the builders have used wood for the whole thing, just like in our old
school, but it’s also one of the first in my country designed to be really environmentally
friendly.
The school took months to build, so we saw it all happening. It was really exciting seeing the
builders clear the space where it would be, although it also meant that some lovely open land
disappeared. And the noise of the building machines was really loud, although the builders
often had to stop work because it rained so hard. We all began to think the building would
never be finished.
We have five classrooms now, which are enormous – much bigger than in our previous
school next door, which was very old. We share one room with people in the town when they
want to have meetings and so on. There’s a nursery too, a lovely dining room, and really big
changing rooms which we’re looking forward to using as soon as our new sports field is
ready.
When you come into the school, one of the first things you notice is that there aren’t any
heaters in the building! Instead, the heat for the school comes from all of us inside it – the
children, the teachers and the computers we use. The building is so well designed that it
holds all the heat inside – and all the sound too, so if we sing inside our classrooms, we can
almost believe we’re inside a concert hall!
Another thing you’ll notice is that the school roof has a tree on top of it! It was put there by
the builders once they’d finished the roof, because they said it was the custom in Austria, the
country where the roof was made.
The electricity for lights and computers comes from a wind turbine on a hill behind the
school. We went with our teacher to look at it yesterday, and it goes round really fast. It’s so
big, it can be seen for miles! We took some pictures which we’re planning to put on the
website.
Even though we’re already using the school building, there are still some parts to be added to
it – for example, at the moment we’re putting on a play for parents to come and see, but we
still have to walk back to our old school hall to do it. The replacement will be ready by next
year, though. We’re so pleased with our new school, and our teachers say we’ll all learn
much faster now we’re in it!
1. T F The inside of Anna’s school depends on the people and machines in it to be warm.
2. T F The new school building has great benefits for people who like to sing.
3. T F The builders wanted to do something traditional for the school when they’d finished
the roof.
4. T F Pictures of the wind turbine behind the school can now be seen online.
5. T F The pupils are busy preparing to do a performance for their parents in their new
school building.
24
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Alice was beginning to get very tired of sitting by her sister on the river bank, and of having
nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into the book her sister was reading, but it had no
pictures or conversations in it. "What is the use of a book without pictures or conversations?",
thought Alice.
So she was considering (as well as she could, because the hot day made her feel very sleepy and
stupid), whether the pleasure of making a daisy chain would be worth the trouble of getting up
and picking the daisies. Suddenly a white rabbit with pink eyes ran close by her. There was
nothing so very remarkable in that, nor did Alice think it very much out of the way to hear the
rabbit say to itself “Oh dear! Oh dear! I shall be too late! "(When she thought about it afterward,
it occurred to her she ought to have wondered about this, but at that the time it all seemed quite
natural). But when the rabbit actually took a watch out of its pocket, and looked at it, Alice
realized she had never before seen a rabbit with either pocket, or a watch to take out of it.
She ran across the field after the rabbit, and was just in time to see it pop down a large rabbit
hole under the hedge. In another moment, down went Alice; never once considering how in the
world she was to get out again.
1. T F At the start of the story Alice was bored.

2. T F Alice and her sister were reading books.
3. T F Alice was probably younger than her sister.
4. T F The girls were out in the country.
5. T F Alice was very surprised to see a rabbit talking to itself.
25
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Alice was beginning to get very tired of sitting by her sister on the river bank, and of having
nothing to do. Once or twice she looked into the book her sister was reading, but it had no
pictures or conversations in it. "What is the use of a book without pictures or conversations?",
thought Alice.
So she was considering (as well as she could, because the hot day made her feel very sleepy and
stupid), whether the pleasure of making a daisy chain would be worth the trouble of getting up
and picking the daisies. Suddenly a white rabbit with pink eyes ran close by her. There was
nothing so very remarkable in that, nor did Alice think it very much out of the way to hear the
rabbit say to itself " Oh dear! Oh dear! I shall be too late! "(When she thought about it afterward,
it occurred to her she ought to have wondered about this, but at that the time it all seemed quite
natural). But when the rabbit actually took a watch out of its pocket, and looked at it, Alice
realized she had never before seen a rabbit with either pocket, or a watch to take out of it.
She ran across the field after the rabbit, and was just in time to see it pop down a large rabbit
hole under the hedge. In another moment, down went Alice; never once considering how in the
world she was to get out again.
1. T F The heat was making Alice want to go to sleep.

2. T F The rabbit was in a hurry.
3. T F The rabbit was wearing a wrist watch.
4. T F The rabbit hole was in the field.
5. T F Alice did not think properly about what she was doing.
26
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Do you use any of the social networking websites which are so popular these days, the places
where you can connect up with friends and relatives and meet people who share the same
interests as you? If you're younger you may use MySpace, young adults are more likely to be
found on Facebook and busy professionals may prefer something like LinkedIn. But at least two
of these sites have one thing in common: apart from being social spaces where you can meet and
chat to people, share photos and other things, they've all added new verbs and nouns to the
language in the past couple of years. Let's take a look at some examples. You can facebook your
holiday photos (upload them to your Facebook page), facebook someone to see who they are
(look him up in Facebook), facebook someone about a party (contact someone through their
Facebook page) and ask permission to facebook someone (add them as a Facebook friend).
As you can see, 'facebook' is a pretty versatile word, and you could say the same about
'myspace', which you will find being used in much the same way all over the Net. LinkedIn
(being a more adult, professional community) has not been used in the same way. While you're
'facebooking' or 'myspacing' you may also find yourself 'commenting' (writing a comment on
someone's Facebook or MySpace page), as in this example: 'I commented Mary that she should
come to the pub on Saturday and she commented me that she couldn't because she was going
away for the weekend'.
1. T F People who use Myspace are generally not as old as people who use Facebook.
2. T F LinkedIn is for people with good jobs.
3. T F Sites like these have given new words such as adverbs and adjectives to the
language.
4. T F Myspace has proven to be a less versatile word than Facebook.
5. T F All three of the sites mentioned have provided some new words.
27
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Do you use any of the social networking websites which are so popular these days, the places
where you can connect up with friends and relatives and meet people who share the same
interests as you? If you're younger you may use MySpace, young adults are more likely to be
found on Facebook and busy professionals may prefer something like LinkedIn. But at least two
of these sites have one thing in common: apart from being social spaces where you can meet and
chat to people, share photos and other things, they've all added new verbs and nouns to the
language in the past couple of years. Let's take a look at some examples. You can facebook your
holiday photos (upload them to your Facebook page), facebook someone to see who they are
(look him up in Facebook), facebook someone about a party (contact someone through their
Facebook page) and ask permission to facebook someone (add them as a Facebook friend).
As you can see, 'facebook' is a pretty versatile word, and you could say the same about
'myspace', which you will find being used in much the same way all over the Net. LinkedIn
(being a more adult, professional community) has not been used in the same way. While you're
'facebooking' or 'myspacing' you may also find yourself 'commenting' (writing a comment on
someone's Facebook or MySpace page), as in this example: 'I commented Mary that she should
come to the pub on Saturday and she commented me that she couldn't because she was going
away for the weekend'.
1. T F In this Internet context, 'to comment' means to leave a message for someone on their
site.
2. T F You can use Facebook for different purposes.
3. T F The new terms have been in use for ten years.
4. T F The word 'facebook' has various uses.
5. T F You need someone's authorisation to add their name to your facebook page.
28
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Robert the Bruce, King of Scotland, is one of the great heroes of Scottish history. At that time
the English king Edward II wanted to rule the whole country, but Robert the Bruce helped the
Scots to resist and to form a large army which attacked Stirling castle. King Edward's army came
to help the soldiers in the castle, and the two armies met at the small town of Bannockburn on
June 24, 1314.
At that time the strongest part of the English army was bowmen. These bowmen, with their long
bows had won many victories for the English in France. The Scots did not have many bowmen,
so when the English archers attacked they could not defend themselves or fight back. However,
Robert the Bruce was ready for this, and he called for his cavalry, (his soldiers on horseback).
The horses were too quick for the bowmen, and the Scots knights chased them from the
battlefield.
As the English knights advanced, Robert the Bruce ordered the Scots to put sharp sticks in front
of their soldiers, and to dig holes in the ground for the English cavalry to fall into. As a result,
the English were discouraged by what happened and they did not fight very well.
Many people in the area knew that a great battle was being fought, and when they heard that the
Scots army was winning, they came to watch the battle. The English soldiers saw them appear on
the top of a nearby hill, and they thought that they were another Scottish army arriving. The
English were terrified that they would be caught between two Scots armies and they ran away.
Now the Scots cavalry returned to the battle and the horsemen killed many English soldiers as
they ran away. After this, the English army never really succeeded in conquering Scotland, also
because they had to fight wars in other countries, such as France and Holland.
1. T F The battle of Bannockburn was in the 14th Century.

2. T F The battle took place in winter.
3. T F At the time of the battle the English were in Stirling Castle.
4. T F Many Scots at Bannockburn were killed by arrows.
5. T F The English bowmen were the weakest part of the English army.
29
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Robert the Bruce, King of Scotland, is one of the great heroes of Scottish history. At that time
the English king Edward II wanted to rule the whole country, but Robert the Bruce helped the
Scots to resist and to form a large army which attacked Stirling castle. King Edward's army came
to help the soldiers in the castle, and the two armies met at the small town of Bannockburn on
June 24, 1314.
At that time the strongest part of the English army was bowmen. These bowmen, with their long
bows had won many victories for the English in France. The Scots did not have many bowmen,
so when the English archers attacked they could not defend themselves or fight back. However,
Robert the Bruce was ready for this, and he called for his cavalry, (his soldiers on horseback).
The horses were too quick for the bowmen, and the Scots knights chased them from the
battlefield.
As the English knights advanced, Robert the Bruce ordered the Scots to put sharp sticks in front
of their soldiers, and to dig holes in the ground for the English cavalry to fall into. As a result,
the English were discouraged by what happened and they did not fight very well.
Many people in the area knew that a great battle was being fought, and when they heard that the
Scots army was winning, they came to watch the battle. The English soldiers saw them appear on
the top of a nearby hill, and they thought that they were another Scottish army arriving. The
English were terrified that they would be caught between two Scots armies and they ran away.
Now the Scots cavalry returned to the battle and the horsemen killed many English soldiers as
they ran away. After this, the English army never really succeeded in conquering Scotland, also
because they had to fight wars in other countries, such as France and Holland.
1. T F The English horsemen chased the Scots horsemen away.

2. T F It was very difficult for the English to attack the Scots army.
3. T F The English were frightened when another Scottish army appeared.
4. T F The English soldiers won the battle.
5. T F Scotland was also fighting with the French.
30
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Norwich, the capital of the part of Britain known as East Anglia, has existed as a place to live for
more than two thousand years. It began as a small village beside the River Wensum. At the time
of the Norman invasion in 1066 it had grown to become one of the largest towns in England.
With two cathedrals and a mosque, Norwich has long been a popular centre for various religions.
The first cathedral was built in 1095 and has recently celebrated its 900th anniversary, while
Norwich itself had a year of celebration in 1994 to mark the 800th anniversary of the city
receiving a Royal Charter. This allowed it to be called a city and to govern itself independently.
Today, in comparison with places like London or Manchester, Norwich is quite small, with a
population of around 150,000, but in the 16th century Norwich was the second city of England.
It continued to grow for the next 300 years and got richer and richer, becoming famous for
having as many churches as there are weeks in the year and as many pubs as there are days in the
year.
Nowadays, there are far fewer churches and pubs, but in 1964 the University of East Anglia was
built in Norwich. With its fast-growing student population and its success as a modern
commercial centre (Norwich is the biggest centre for insurance services outside London), the city
now has a wide choice of entertainment: theatres, cinemas, nightclubs, busy cafés, excellent
restaurants, and a number of arts and leisure centers. There is also a football team, whose colors
are green and yellow. The team is known as 'The Canaries', though nobody can be sure why.
Now the city's attractions include another important development, a modern shopping centre
called 'The Castle Mall'. The people of Norwich lived with a very large hole in the middle of
their city for over two years, as builders dug up the main car park. Lorries moved nearly a
million tons of earth so that the roof of the Mall could become a city centre park, with attractive
water pools and hundreds of trees. But the local people are really pleased that the old open
market remains, right in the heart of the city and next to the new development. Both areas
continue to do good business, proving that Norwich has managed to mix the best of the old and
the new.
1. T F The River Wensum flows through East Anglia.
2. T F People have lived by the River Wensum for at least 2000 years.
3. T F In the 11th century, Norwich was a small village.
4. T F Norwich has been a city since its first cathedral was built.
5. T F Norwich has always been one of the smallest English cities.
31
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Norwich, the capital of the part of Britain known as East Anglia, has existed as a place to live for
more than two thousand years. It began as a small village beside the River Wensum. At the time
of the Norman invasion in 1066 it had grown to become one of the largest towns in England.
With two cathedrals and a mosque, Norwich has long been a popular centre for various religions.
The first cathedral was built in 1095 and has recently celebrated its 900th anniversary, while
Norwich itself had a year of celebration in 1994 to mark the 800th anniversary of the city
receiving a Royal Charter. This allowed it to be called a city and to govern itself independently.
Today, in comparison with places like London or Manchester, Norwich is quite small, with a
population of around 150,000, but in the 16th century Norwich was the second city of England.
It continued to grow for the next 300 years and got richer and richer, becoming famous for
having as many churches as there are weeks in the year and as many pubs as there are days in the
year.
Nowadays, there are far fewer churches and pubs, but in 1964 the University of East Anglia was
built in Norwich. With its fast-growing student population and its success as a modern
commercial centre (Norwich is the biggest centre for insurance services outside London), the city
now has a wide choice of entertainment: theatres, cinemas, nightclubs, busy cafés, excellent
restaurants, and a number of arts and leisure centers. There is also a football team, whose colors
are green and yellow. The team is known as 'The Canaries', though nobody can be sure why.
Now the city's attractions include another important development, a modern shopping centre
called 'The Castle Mall'. The people of Norwich lived with a very large hole in the middle of
their city for over two years, as builders dug up the main car park. Lorries moved nearly a
million tons of earth so that the roof of the Mall could become a city centre park, with attractive
water pools and hundreds of trees. But the local people are really pleased that the old open
market remains, right in the heart of the city and next to the new development. Both areas
continue to do good business, proving that Norwich has managed to mix the best of the old and
the new.
1. T F There are more than 50 churches in Norwich.

2. T F The number of students in Norwich is increasing.
3. T F The Norwich City football team is called 'The Canaries' because of the colours the
players wear.
4. T F The Castle Mall' took more than two years to build.
5. T F Norwich people still like using the old market as well as shopping in 'The Castle
Mall'.
32
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
This year's Notting Hill Carnival, Europe's biggest street festival, was the best ever. Despite the
cloudy skies, the carnival brought the streets to life in its own unique way with record numbers
and little reported crime. After the two murders in 2009, there had been major safety worries
concerning this year's carnival. To deal with these fears several changes were made. Firstly, the
route for the carnival was changed to avoid the narrowest streets in Notting Hill, a residential
area with many small roads. Secondly, the carnival organizers provided more stewards and they
received better training. Finally, the organizers ensured that the ending time, 9 p.m., was closely
observed.
Following these changes, Carnival 2010 saw more than a million people party in the streets of
Notting Hill. More than 3,000 people dressed in spectacular colorful costumes and paraded and
danced through the streets, crowds of four and five people deep lined the route to try and see the
event. Residents partied on apartment balconies and even the police took part. Apart from the
carnival parade, the local area was filled with sound systems pumping out music of all different
kinds – Samba, Reggae and Rap music being the most common.
Police yesterday said that 56 arrests were made over the weekend, which included 30 arrests for
pick-pocketing and three for robbery. The chairman of the Notting Hill Carnival Trust, Chris
Mullard, yesterday said, "The criticism of the event has been ill-founded and I hope people will
now see the carnival for what it is; a wonderful opportunity to project the multiculturalism that is
metropolitan London."
1. T F In Europe, there is a bigger festival than Notting Hill Carnival.

2. T F The weather was very good at this year's Carnival.
3. T F The carnival parade went a different way this year.
4. T F Many activities continued till midnight.
5. T F Over a million people wore special costumes.
33
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
This year's Notting Hill Carnival, Europe's biggest street festival, was the best ever. Despite the
cloudy skies, the carnival brought the streets to life in its own unique way with record numbers
and little reported crime. After the two murders in 2009, there had been major safety worries
concerning this year's carnival. To deal with these fears several changes were made. Firstly, the
route for the carnival was changed to avoid the narrowest streets in Notting Hill, a residential
area with many small roads. Secondly, the carnival organizers provided more stewards and they
received better training. Finally, the organizers ensured that the ending time, 9 p.m., was closely
observed.
Following these changes, Carnival 2010 saw more than a million people party in the streets of
Notting Hill. More than 3,000 people dressed in spectacular colorful costumes and paraded and
danced through the streets, crowds of four and five people deep lined the route to try and see the
event. Residents partied on apartment balconies and even the police took part. Apart from the
carnival parade, the local area was filled with sound systems pumping out music of all different
kinds – Samba, Reggae and Rap music being the most common.
Police yesterday said that 56 arrests were made over the weekend, which included 30 arrests for
pick-pocketing and three for robbery. The chairman of the Notting Hill Carnival Trust, Chris
Mullard, yesterday said, "The criticism of the event has been ill-founded and I hope people will
now see the carnival for what it is; a wonderful opportunity to project the multiculturalism that is
metropolitan London."
1. T F For some people, it was difficult to see the parade.
2. T F Some police danced and partied.
3. T F There were many kinds of music.
4. T F More than half the arrests were for theft.
5. T F The carnival represents only one group or community in London.
34
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Bruce: Have you finished the balance sheets yet?

Alice: I've been working on them since 10 this morning. I'm almost done.
Bruce: No need to rush. I don't need them until tomorrow morning.
Alice: Janet told me we're looking for a new bookkeeper. Is that true?
Bruce: Yes, We've been looking, but no luck yet.
Alice: I know someone who'd be perfect.
Bruce: Oh really, does she have any experience?
Alice: Of course, she's been working for Smith CPA and Co. since 2004.
Bruce: Great. Ask her to come in for an interview.
Alice: Sounds good. She's not too happy in her current position. I'm sure she'll be interested in
interviewing for the job.
Bruce: Oh, I almost forgot to ask ... have you opened the new accounts at Wells Fargo?
Alice: Yes, I have. Here are the account numbers, PIN number, and paperwork.
Bruce: Thanks. Well, let me know when you finish those balance sheets.
Alice: Sure, I should be done soon.
1. T F She has finished the balance sheets.

2. T F Bruce needs the balance sheets immediately.
3. T F They're looking for a new bookkeeper.
4. T F Alice doesn't know of anyone who would be interested in the position.
5. T F She thinks her friend wants to change positions.
35
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Katrina’s storm surges revealed just how inadequate New Orleans’ flood defences were. The
water simply bulldozed levees, whose designers had taken no account of extreme storms –
they were built to withstand Category 2 hurricanes at the worst –and had often used poor
materials.
New Orleans has two types of levee. Its earliest earthen levees were built in the 18th century,
while more recent concrete and steel floodwalls form part of a scheme authorized by
Congress after hurricane Betsy swamped parts of the city in 1965. The system was expected
to take 13 years to complete at a cost of $85 million. But when Katrina hit, the project was
still not finished and had cost $738 million. To make matters worse, the foundations of many
of the levees were far too weak; the soil under the embankments was unstable, and the steel
sheets reinforcing them were driven in too shallowly. Some levees did hold up, especially
along the Mississippi, but
These are giants – 90 m wide at the base, 30 m wide at the top and rising 7.6 m above sea
level.
Another problem was shipping canals, including the Mississippi River- Gulf Outlet (MR-
GO). Built to provide an express route for ships between New Orleans and the Gulf, this also
acts as an express route for storm surges.
The federal powers had designed an excellent storm-surge delivery system, to bring a mass
of water with tremendous load right into the middle of New Orleans,’ commented Ivor van
Heerden of Louisiana State University. This is what happened on August 29, 2005when a 5
m surge tore up the MR-GO and was funneled into levees. At 6.30 am, it pushed over the
funnel’s levees, feeding into other canals. At 7.45 am, a stretch of levee along one canal
collapsed and water exploded into the city.
The devastation caused by Katrina alerted other places vulnerable to storm surges to the
potential dangers they were in. Residents of northern California, for example, looked at
deteriorating levees along the Sacramento River, where a collapse would flood the Central
Valley and foul the state’s water supplies. Cities facing similar dangers include Miami,
Rotterdam, London and Shanghai.
An effective strategy against surges include systems of dams, improved pumps for removing
water and even raising parts of cities above flood level – as it was done in Galvestone, Texas,
after a hurricane smashed through in 1900. Another defence, increasingly favoured by
experts, is the restoration of coastal wetlands. These are a highly effective protection against
storm surges, acting like sponges to soak up the incoming water. However, it is an expensive
and long-term option. To keep out rising seas, engineers are prepared to sacrifice dry land to
the sea – a measure that would once have been unthinkable.
1 T F The water defence system in New Orleans was not able to hold up a Category2 storm
2. T F Concrete and steel floodwalls were damaged by Hurricane Betsy in 1965.
3. T F The expected cost of concrete and steel levees authorized by Congress was $738mln.
4. T F The steel reinforcement was not placed deep enough to stop extreme storms.
5. T F The foundations of all levees along the Mississippi were far too weak.
36
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Katrina’s storm surges revealed just how inadequate New Orleans’ flood defences were. The
water simply bulldozed levees, whose designers had taken no account of extreme storms –
they were built to withstand Category 2 hurricanes at the worst –and had often used poor
materials.
New Orleans has two types of levee. Its earliest earthen levees were built in the 18th century,
while more recent concrete and steel floodwalls form part of a scheme authorized by
Congress after hurricane Betsy swamped parts of the city in 1965. The system was expected
to take 13 years to complete at a cost of $85 million. But when Katrina hit, the project was
still not finished and had cost $738 million. To make matters worse, the foundations of many
of the levees were far too weak; the soil under the embankments was unstable, and the steel
sheets reinforcing them were driven in too shallowly. Some levees did hold up, especially
along the Mississippi, but these are giants – 90 m wide at the base, 30 m wide at the top and
rising 7.6 m above sea level.
Another problem was shipping canals, including the Mississippi River- Gulf Outlet (MR-
GO). Built to provide an express route for ships between New Orleans and the Gulf, this also
acts as an express route for storm surges.
‘The federal powers had designed an excellent storm-surge delivery system, to bring a mass
of water with tremendous load right into the middle of New Orleans,’ commented Ivor van
Heerden of Louisiana State University. This is what happened on August 29, 2005when a 5
m surge tore up the MR-GO and was funneled into levees. At 6.30 am, it pushed over the
funnel’s levees, feeding into other canals. At 7.45 am, a stretch of levee along one canal
collapsed and water exploded into the city.
The devastation caused by Katrina alerted other places vulnerable to storm surges to the
potential dangers they were in. Residents of northern California, for example, looked at
deteriorating levees along the Sacramento River, where a collapse would flood the Central
Valley and foul the state’s water supplies. Cities facing similar dangers include Miami,
Rotterdam, London and Shanghai.
An effective strategy against surges include systems of dams, improved pumps for removing
water and even raising parts of cities above flood level – as it was done in Galvestone, Texas,
after a hurricane smashed through in 1900. Another defence, increasingly favoured by
experts, is the restoration of coastal wetlands. These are a highly effective protection against
storm surges, acting like sponges to soak up the incoming water. However, it is an expensive
and long-term option. To keep out rising seas, engineers are prepared to sacrifice dry land to
the sea – a measure that would once have been unthinkable.
1. T F Due to the Mississippi River – Gulf Outlet the surge was held up quickly.
2. T F Ivor van Heerden blamed the authorities for the design of the MR – GO.
3. T F The levee along the Sacramento river collapsed and water flooded the Central Valley.
4. T F Some areas of Galvestone were restored at the higher level after the disaster in 1900.
5. T F Engineers have always favoured the idea of wetlands.
37
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Until recently evidence that the world’s weather is becoming more extreme and harder to predict
was largely anecdotal, without the support of any factual proof, and often angrily argued over.
The majority of scientists pointed out those drawing conclusions based on a couple of scorching
hot summers or a particularly damp spring was misleading. There have always been occasional
weather extremes, and, although it’s tempting to believe the contrary, single events do not
indicate a general change to the climate.
However, a study by the World Weather Organization suggests that there may well be factual
evidence to support the idea that the world’s weather patterns are changing. By recording
weather
events over the past two decades, the organization has been able to ascertain that the number,
although not necessarily the strength of, such extreme weather events as floods, droughts, and
tornadoes has risen. Moreover, it predicts that weather events we now consider unusual will have
become the norm by the end of the next decade.
The world’s climate has been setting new records over the last year. Just over 500 tornadoes hit
the United States in May, causing untold damage, and breaking the previous monthly record by
more than 100. A heat wave in India killed hundreds, with temperatures rising to an astonishing
49 degrees Celsius, and also breaking all sorts of records. Meanwhile, heavy rainfall in Sri Lanka
resulted in terrible floods and many casualties. And parts of Europe recorded average summer
temperatures five degrees above what would normally be expected. Looked at separately, none
of these events is particularly remarkable, but when put together they represent a clear and
worrying change to the world’s climate.
As a general rule, the World Weather Organization only compiles and reports its statistics.
However, the figures for the last year were so alarming that the organization felt compelled to
issue a warning of sorts. It pointed out that the increase in the world’s temperature was greater
between 1900 and 2000 than it had been for any other 100-year period during the past 1,000
years. Not only that, but temperatures from 1976 to 2000 rose at a faster rate than the previous 75
years when the surface temperatures warmed up in an uneven way.
So, what or who is to blame? The World Weather Organization avoids this question, defining its
own role as a gatherer rather than an interpreter of information. The study recognizes that global
warming is taking place, and points out that the figures are irrefutable in this respect, but it has
no opinion about whether global warming is a natural phenomenon or one that humans are
directly responsible for.
1. T F Before the World Weather Organization’s study, many scientists disagreed that the
world’s weather was, in general terms, becoming wilder.
2. T F Scientists argue that one or two periods of unusual weather may mean the climate is
changing.
3. T F The World Weather Organization carried out a study of weather events all over the
world.
4. T F The World Weather Organization’s study proved that tornadoes are much more powerful
than they were in the past.
5. T F According to the study, in the future, we should expect more flooding.
38
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Until recently evidence that the world’s weather is becoming more extreme and harder to
predict was largely anecdotal, without the support of any factual proof, and often angrily
argued over. The majority of scientists pointed out that drawing conclusions based on a
couple of scorching hot summers or a particularly damp spring was misleading. There have
always been occasional weather extremes, and, although it’s tempting to believe the contrary,
single events do not indicate a general change to the climate.
However, a study by the World Weather Organization suggests that there may well be
factual evidence to support the idea that the world’s weather patterns are changing. By
recording weather events over the past two decades, the organization has been able to
ascertain that the number, although not necessarily the strength of, such extreme weather
events as floods, droughts, and tornadoes has risen. Moreover, it predicts that weather events
we now consider unusual will have become the norm by the end of the next decade.
The world’s climate has been setting new records over the last year. Just over 500
tornadoes hit the United States in May, causing untold damage, and breaking the previous
monthly record by more than 100. A heat wave in India killed hundreds, with temperatures
rising to an astonishing 49 degrees Celsius, and also breaking all sorts of records.
Meanwhile, heavy rainfall in Sri Lanka resulted in terrible floods and many casualties. And
parts of Europe recorded average summer temperatures five degrees above what would
normally be expected. Looked at separately, none of these events is particularly remarkable,
but when put together they represent a clear and worrying change to the world’s climate.
As a general rule, the World Weather Organization only compiles and reports its
statistics. However, the figures for the last year were so alarming that the organization felt
compelled to issue a warning of sorts. It pointed out that the increase in the world’s
temperature was greater between 1900 and 2000 than it had been for any other 100-year
period during the past 1,000 years. Not only that, but temperatures from 1976 to 2000 rose at
a faster rate than the previous 75 years when the surface temperatures warmed up in an
uneven way.
So, what or who is to blame? The World Weather Organization avoids this question,
defining its own role as a gatherer rather than an interpreter of information. The study
recognizes that global warming is taking place, and points out that the figures are irrefutable
in this respect, but it has no opinion about whether global warming is a natural phenomenon
or one that humans are directly responsible for.
1. T F Before last year, the previous record for tornadoes in May was probably about 400.
2. T F looking only at the heat wave in India it is possible to prove the climate is changing.
3. T F Unusually for the World Weather Organization, it used this study to warn the world
about global warming.
4. T F The World Weather Organization warned that the figures showed that global
temperatures were rising at an ever-increasing speed.
5. T F According to the study, global warming is natural.
39
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Pollution is hanging like a brown cloud over New York today. Dirt and smoke are pouring from
cars and factories. Pollution is spoiling the air we breathe, and it’s harming our health. New York
has a big problem these days. The city has dirty air. The air smells bad and it looks ugly.
Pollution is a health problem, too, because it’s hurting people’s lungs. Some people are wearing
gas masks as they think pollution is dangerous. They aren’t breathing the air as they don’t like it.
The flowers smell good, but they don’t know it, as they do not smell them. They are looking for
beauty, but they don’t see any. They believe that pollution is between them and the beauty of
nature. People want to work together now and make the air clean soon.
1. T F Dirt and smoke are coming from the sir. .

2. T F New York has no problems these days...
3. T F Pollution is a health problem.
4. T F Pollution is not dangerous.
5. T F Pollution is coming between people and the beauty of nature.
40
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
I remember our Thanksgivings on the farm. When I was growing up we lived on a quiet farm
near the town. There were many other relatives who lived near us. Every year they all came from
other farms and from the town, to be with us.
We worked for days to prepare for the holiday. Mother and the girls cleaned every part of
the house and got all the rooms ready for the relatives. The men cut wood for all the cooking as
we had an old wood-burning stove. Father always killed the biggest turkey and cleaned the bird.
Finally, the whole family drove into town to buy the food that we couldn’t produce on the farm,
like coffee and sugar.
On Thanksgiving morning the women got up early to begin cooking. Aunt Ellen made a
dozen pumpkins pies. Aunt Ann picked autumn flowers from the garden. The older children
helped to lay the table. And I liked to play with the cat waiting for somebody to give me a piece
of food. All this time our old dog lay under the warm stove watching the activity.
1. T F The relatives came every year to be with the family.

2. T F Mother and the girls always cleaned every part of the house.
3. T F The family did the shopping in town every day.
4. T F Aunt Ellen made fruit pics.
5. T F The older children helped to set the table.
41
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Many visitors come to Hartbridge to see the wonderful art galleries and museums, the beautiful
buildings and the fantastic parks. Few people go outside the city, and so they miss out on
experiencing the scenery and the fascinating history of this beautiful area. This brochure will tell
you what you can see if you take a short bus ride out of the city.
Camberwell
The historic village of Camberwell was once the home of the wealthy Hugo family. They lived
in a huge country house, Camberwell Court, and owned all the land in the area. The family sold
their house in the 1940s, and it is now open to the public. You can spend a whole day walking
around the house and gardens. There is a small exhibition about the family, a children’s play
area, a gift shop and a restaurant. But the village of Camberwell is also worth a visit. There are
some beautiful cottages with well kept gardens, and there is a small church which dates back to
the eleventh century. To get to Camberwell, take Bus 46 from the Bus station. Buses leave every
two hours.
Hidcot
Hidcot is an attractive village situated on the River Owell. Wildlife lovers should visit the Nature
Park to the south of the village, where there are large numbers of rare birds and flowers.
However, you will probably see plenty of wildlife from the bridge in the village centre! In
Hidcot, you can take a two-hour river cruise - a great way to see the countryside and learn about
the local wildlife from a guide. If you prefer to explore the river by yourself, it’s well worth
walking one and a half miles along the river to the pub ‘The Boat’ which cannot be reached by
road. Here, you can hire small boats and explore the river at your leisure. To get to Hidcot, take
Bus 7A to Reeford. Hidcot is half way between Hartbridge and Reeford.
Tatterbridge
The beautiful village of Tatterbridge was home to the children’s writer Jane Potter, whose stories
of Benjamin Bear are loved by adults and children around the world. Jane Potter’s home is now a
museum and tea shop, and is well worth a visit just for its wonderful gardens. It also has a gift
shop where you can buy souvenirs and books. Tatterbridge has a number of interesting shops
including an excellent cake shop, and ‘Wendy’s Giftshop’ where you can find lots of unusual
gifts made by hand by local artists. Lovers of Jane Potter’s books should also walk to the Green
Valley woods, which have not changed since Jane Potter wrote her stories there one hundred
years ago.
To get to Tatterbridge, take Bus 4 from outside the cinema. It takes about 40 minutes to get
there.
Moordale
This old industrial village is the highest village in the area. Here in the hills, coal was found in
the late eighteenth century, and people came here in great numbers to take it out of the ground
and transport it to the nearby towns. Many industries grew up in the area, including a paper
factory and a cotton factory. The industries all closed down in the nineteenth century, and since
then Moordale has gone back to being a quiet farming village. However, if you walk from the
village centre up the steep hill to the north, you can still see the paths where horses used to carry
the coal. There is a four mile walk around the village which has some amazing views, but
walkers are must be careful as the path is steep in places and they could slip. To get to Moordale,
take Bus 7A to Reeford, and then take the number 38 bus to Moordale.
1. T F It is unusual for visitors to visit the villages near Hartbridge.

2. T F The Hugo family allows people to visit their current home.
3. T F The leaflet advises visitors not to spend all day at Camberwell Court.
4. T F You can hire small boats from the bridge in Hidcot.
5. T F You can take the bus directly to ‘The Boat’ pub near Hidcot.
42
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Many visitors come to Hartbridge to see the wonderful art galleries and museums, the beautiful
buildings and the fantastic parks. Few people go outside the city, and so they miss out on
experiencing the scenery and the fascinating history of this beautiful area. This brochure will tell
you what you can see if you take a short bus ride out of the city.
Camberwell
The historic village of Camberwell was once the home of the wealthy Hugo family. They lived
in a huge country house, Camberwell Court, and owned all the land in the area. The family sold
their house in the 1940s, and it is now open to the public. You can spend a whole day walking
around the house and gardens. There is a small exhibition about the family, a children’s play
area, a gift shop and a restaurant. But the village of Camberwell is also worth a visit. There are
some beautiful cottages with well kept gardens, and there is a small church which dates back to
the eleventh century. To get to Camberwell, take Bus 46 from the Bus station. Buses leave every
two hours.
Hidcot
Hidcot is an attractive village situated on the River Owell. Wildlife lovers should visit the Nature
Park to the south of the village, where there are large numbers of rare birds and flowers.
However, you will probably see plenty of wildlife from the bridge in the village centre! In
Hidcot, you can take a two-hour river cruise - a great way to see the countryside and learn about
the local wildlife from a guide. If you prefer to explore the river by yourself, it’s well worth
walking one and a half miles along the river to the pub ‘The Boat’ which cannot be reached by
road. Here, you can hire small boats and explore the river at your leisure. To get to Hidcot, take
Bus 7A to Reeford. Hidcot is half way between Hartbridge and Reeford.
Tatterbridge
The beautiful village of Tatterbridge was home to the children’s writer Jane Potter, whose stories
of Benjamin Bear are loved by adults and children around the world. Jane Potter’s home is now a
museum and tea shop, and is well worth a visit just for its wonderful gardens. It also has a gift
shop where you can buy souvenirs and books. Tatterbridge has a number of interesting shops
including an excellent cake shop, and ‘Wendy’s Giftshop’ where you can find lots of unusual
gifts made by hand by local artists. Lovers of Jane Potter’s books should also walk to the Green
Valley woods, which have not changed since Jane Potter wrote her stories there one hundred
years ago.
To get to Tatterbridge, take Bus 4 from outside the cinema. It takes about 40 minutes to get
there.
Moordale
This old industrial village is the highest village in the area. Here in the hills, coal was found in
the late eighteenth century, and people came here in great numbers to take it out of the ground
and transport it to the nearby towns. Many industries grew up in the area, including a paper
factory and a cotton factory. The industries all closed down in the nineteenth century, and since
then Moordale has gone back to being a quiet farming village. However, if you walk from the
village centre up the steep hill to the north, you can still see the paths where horses used to carry
the coal. There is a four mile walk around the village which has some amazing views, but
walkers are must be careful as the path is steep in places and they could slip. To get to Moordale,
take Bus 7A to Reeford, and then take the number 38 bus to Moordale.
1. T F The leaflet says that the gardens are the best part of Jane Potter’s home.
2. T F Jane Potter wrote her books in the Green Valley woods.
3. T F You can visit the paper factory and the cotton factory in Moordale.
4. T F You will see horses on farms as you walk around Moordale.
5. T F You can get to all four villages directly from Hartbridge.
43
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
I first met my friend Max West two years ago when he knocked on my door. “Hello”, he
said warmly. “My name is Max, and I’ve just moved in next door, so I’m your new neighbour”.
He was a handsome, well-dressed young man in his early twenties. Max was quite tall
and slim, with hazel eyes and carefully-styled light brown hair. He liked wearing expensive
clothes such as leather jackets and silk scarves.
He had a great sense of humour, and I loved to listen to his amusing stories. What was
more; he was a very kind0hearted person who always helped a friend in need. On the other hand,
though, he seemed arrogant sometimes because he liked to be in the centre of everybody’s
attention.
Max enjoyed dangerous sports; he was a great dancer, too. He often went to clubs and
discos.
All in all, life was never dull when Max was around.” Who wouldn’t be happy to have
him as a friend and neighbour?”
1. T F I first met my friend Max West two years ago when I knocked on his door.
2. T F Max was in his late twenties.
3. T F Max dressed very elegantly.
4. T F Everyone though that Max was very shy.
5. T F Life was dull when Max was around.
44
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Mrs. Clark and her daughter Sarah have been out shopping. They have just returned
home. They bought a new sweater for Sarah which she has already put on, but they haven’t
removed the tag yet.
Mrs. Clark has just opened a letter. She has received bad news. She has lost her job. For
the past year she has worked as a private secretary for a rich musician. Now the musician has
decided to stop working so she has asked Mrs. Clark to find another job. Mrs. Clark is the only
money earner in the family since her husband is not working.
The letter has upset Mrs. Clark very much. She is crying. She has recently bought a new
house and a new car but she hasn’t pay for them yet. She may not be able to pay for them,
because she hasn’t saved enough money.
Sarah has heard the bad news but she really doesn’t understand much about money. She
is more worried about her mother. Mrs. Clark hasn’t cried in front of her daughter before.
1. T F Mrs. Clark has just received a telegram

2. T F The musician has stopped working
3. T F The letter has upset Mrs. Clark
4. T F Mrs. Clark has already paid for the house
5. T F Mrs. Clark has always cried in Sarah’s presence
45
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
People often travel to other places to study or work. Ralph is going to get on the train and
travel to the nearby city for a new job. He is saying good-bye to his girlfriend Stella and her
brother Tom.
The three friends have known each other for many years. They have been neighbours
since they were children. Ralph has been living next door to Stella and Tom for fifteen years.
They have been growing up together, they have gone to school together, and they have visited
each other for many years.
Stella and Ralph have been an important part of each other’s lives, so it’s difficult to say
good bye. They have been studying journalism together. Stella and Ralph have been working as
reporters for a small town newspaper for the last few months. Now Ralph has a new job working
for a big city newspaper 500 kilometres away. Ralph and Stella will miss each other very much
but Ralph will return home on his vocations.
1. T F Ralph is going to travel by train

2. T F Ralph has been alone since his childhood
3. T F Ralph and Stella have worked as reporters for a small town newspaper
4. T F Ralph is going to work in a small town
5. T F Stella will feel sorry when Ralph leaves
46
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
I have just finished an absolutely marvellous book by Charlotte Bronte called Jane Eyre.
It is one of the most unforgettable books I have ever read. Although it was written over 1`50
years ago it is still very powerful. The book is written in an imaginative way with an exciting
plot and vivid characters.
Charlotte Bronte was one of the finest English novelists of the last century. She was born
in 1816. She was one of three sisters, all of whom wrote successful novels. Charlotte herself
published three novels. She died in 1855.
Jane Eyre was Charlotte’s second novel. It became popular very soon. What the reader
likes about Jane Eyre is the description of the young girl’s struggle for freedom and
independence. The heroine, Jane, has a difficult childhood and although the rich and powerful try
to take advantage of her, she refuses to give up her freedom.
1. T F The author has just finished an absolutely marvellous book by Jane Eyre.
2. T F The book was written over a century ago.
3. T F The book is very interesting and the characters are vivid.
4. T F Charlotte Bronte was the only successful novelist of the three sisters.
5. T F Although the heroine has a difficult childhood she never gives up her freedom.
47
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
In 1912, the Titanic hit an iceberg on its first trip across the Atlantic, and it sank four
hours later. At that time the Titanic was the largest ship that had ever travelled on the sea. It was
carrying 2207 people, but it had taken on enough lifeboats for only 1178 people. When the
passengers tried to leave the ship, only 651 of them were able to get into lifeboats.
Nobody can still answer why there was such a great loss of life and why there were so
few survivors.
Nobody had prepared for such a tragedy. Nobody had believed that the Titanic could
sink. The steamship company had thought that its ship would be completely safe in all situations
but they had supplied lifeboats for only half the people. The passengers had not yet received their
lifeboat numbers, nor had they practiced lifeboat drill before the accident. Many of them had not
even dressed warmly for the ship had hit the iceberg late at night. They did not believe they were
in danger.
The ship had already received six warnings on its radio when it struck the iceberg.
Nevertheless, it had not changed its direction or its speed. When the Titanic hit the iceberg, the
radio officer on the Californian ship had just gone to bed. He had been trying to warn the officers
on the Titanic about the ice but the officers had not listened.
A tragedy like the sinking of the Titanic should never happen again.
1. T F The steamship company had prepared for the tragedy.

2. T F There were few lifeboats on the ship.
3. T F Many of the passengers were dressed warmly when the ship hit the iceberg
4. T F The ship had not changed its direction when it received the warnings on the radio.
5. T F The radio officer heard the warning call
48
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Last month Philip caught a cold. He had been feeling sick for these days, so his mother
wanted to take him to the doctor. She had been keeping him in bed the whole time, and giving
him medicine for three days. Still, he didn’t feel any better. On the third day he developed a
fever. At that time, Philip’s parents took the boy to hospital.
At the hospital, Philip tried to sleep. He put his head on mother’s lap. From time to time
he looked for the doctor, but he didn’t really want to see him. Philip had always been afraid of
doctors and hospitals. Up to that time Philip had been very healthy, so he hadn’t seen many
doctors. As he waited he grew more and more afraid. The family had been waiting for an hour
when the doctor came.
The young doctor found the problem immediately. The cold had gone to Philip’s ears,
and he’d developed an ear infection. Although it wasn’t a serious disease, it had caused the pain
and the fever. With stronger medicine, Philip would be well soon.
1. T F Philip had been sick for a long time by the time his parents brought him to the
doctor.
2. T F Philip had never been afraid of doctors and hospitals.
3. T F Philip had been quite healthy before his sickness.
4. T F The doctor found the problem with difficulty.
5. T F The disease caused pain and fever.
49
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
In Scotland there is a tradition related to birth. When relatives go to see the baby they
must present it with a silver coin. Actually they place it in a baby’s hand and make the baby hold
it. The idea behind this is that the baby will be rich in later life.
Another tradition which is popular in Scotland is related to wedding ceremony. The bride
is dressed in white and the bridegroom id dressed in a black suit and white shirt. At midnight she
goes away and takes off her white dress and puts on a red one. She comes back to dance with the
guests, and the guests pay for dancing with her. She dances with everybody and when a
bridegroom thinks that’s enough, then he takes her by the hand and they run away taking all the
money with them.
1. T F The idea of presenting a baby with a silver coin is that the baby’s parents will be
rich.
2. T F The bride is in white and the bridegroom is in black and white.
3. T F At midnight the bride changes her dress.
4. T F The bride dances with the guests and pays them for it.
5. T F When the bride is tired she runs away taking all the money with her.
50
Task 3: Reading I
Scoring System
(F).
Why do we have so many repeats on television and why are the repeats always of
programmes or films that are not worth watching? There is too much news and weather forecast
on TV. There have been eighty minutes of news and ten minutes of weather forecast on four
channels within one morning. You can get this information from the Internet and newspapers.
Why bore people by having so much news on TV? Besides, the TV news is always so gloomy. It
is all about wars, disasters, and people suffering from incurable diseases or dying in accidents. It
is never about the good things that happen or are going to happen in the world.
Why watch the repeats of such silly and unrealistic serials on TV with senseless heroes
making a fool of them, falling in love with each other every three months. I think the authorities
concerned should worry about what is shown on TV, especially during the daytime when the
children are at home.
The majority of people believe that one cannot enjoy himself by watching TV any more.
1. T F We want to have repeats of programs and films on TV.

2. T F One can get information from other sources.
3. T F TV news is always as interesting as it is all about wars and disasters.
4. T F The author is against the repeats of such silly and unrealistic serials on TV.
5. T F The majority of people believe that one can enjoy himself watching TV.
1
Reading Task 2
Choose the correct answer.
YUM! is one of the biggest fast-food companies in America, yet few of its customers
have ever heard of it. Its brand names - KFC, or Pizza Hut, or Taco Bell - are found along the
high streets of the world. From its modest base in Louisville, Kentucky, it oversees the opening
of three new restaurants, one of them in China, every day.
Yum! Brands, the parent of these well-known fast-food chains, has 34,000 (mostly
franchised) restaurants around the world, 2,000 more than McDonald's. At home in America it
accounts for about 4% of all restaurant-industry sales, behind only McDonald's at 6.5%. With
1,378 KFC restaurants in China, and 201 Pizza Huts at mid-2005, Yum! owns two of the best-
known brand names in the world's biggest market.
The company used to belong to Pepsi Cola but was sold by them in 1997 because they
were not interested in running restaurants. However, David Novak, the boss of Yum!, who used
to work for Pepsi, loves being in the restaurant industry. Mr Novak, who became chief executive
in 1999 and chairman in 2001, believes in a more relaxed way of management than Pepsi. He
wants people to feel that work should be fun and employees respond to his accessible style.
Mr Novak declared that he was going to “love” the franchisees, who owned 60% of
Yum!'s restaurants when Pepsi sold it (the proportion is now about 75%) and whom Pepsi had
not always treated gently. Restaurant managers got stock options. The logic: if the managers
were happy, they were more likely to treat the “crew” members working the kitchen and the
counter well, as their efficiency and cheerfulness is vital to the restaurants' success. This
philosophy has been partly successful. The average American kitchen employee stays with Yum!
for one year, almost twice as long as in 2000.
Yum! benefits from economies of scale across the restaurant brands which all work
together instead of acting as rivals as they had done under Pepsi. Advertising media-buying was
unified through a single agency, for example. Collectively, they are one of the top five buyers in
America.
International operations are in a single division, a trend started under Pepsi. This
concentrated the resources needed to penetrate new markets, a strategy that has been very
successful in China. There, KFC has gone after the fast-food market, whereas Pizza Hut has
positioned itself more as a place for casual dining, while Taco Bell is just beginning to test the
market.
1. According to the article, Yum! Brands is.

a) one of the largest companies in America.
b) opening three restaurants every day in China.
c) hardly recognized by most of its customers.
2. According to the article compared with McDonald’s, Yum!

a) has more outlets.
b) has more restaurants in China.
c) has a higher turnover.
3. What does the article say about Pepsi Cola?

a) Yum! Brand was once owned by Pepsi Cola.
b) David Novak was once Pepsi Cola’s Chairman.
c) Pepsi has changed its management style.
4. David Novak gave the franchisees the opportunity to buy

a) 60% of the company’s outlets.
b) the Pepsi Cola company.
c) shares in Yum! Brands.
5. Under Yum! Brands, the three companies KFC, Taco Bell and Pizza Hut
a) work together to improve purchasing power.
b) are more competitive with each other.
c) run similar advertising campaigns.
2
Reading Task 2

The idea that a sales team can learn something from Girl Scouts will come as a surprise
to many. What has this out-dated organization got to do with the fast-moving, corporate world of
today? But in the girl scouts’ annual cookie drive, two hundred million units are sold per year,
and their revenues exceed $ 700 million. And these figures are achieved any in a three-month
period in the spring.
True, the organization has changed greatly in latter tears, even since the appointment of
CEO Kathy Cloninger in 2003. Her mission was to revitalize a 95-year tradition-bound icon,
famous only for camping, crafts and cookies. She has worked on instilling leadership qualities in
the girls, developing new funding opportunities, creating an efficient organizational structure and
developing a reinvigorated brand which is relevant to the modern world.
And nowhere are these changes more noticeable than in the annual cookie sale. No longer
relying on neighbourhood door-to-door sales to obtain meagre revenue, the organization now
utilises a wide range of savvy, modern methods which business worldwide can learn from.
Firstly, the girl scouts organization focuses on providing the girls with life skills. By
investing in the girls, the organization creates a team with strong leadership and communication
skills. “Cookie College” training courses develop the scouts’ business acumen, providing them
with presentation, marketing and money management skills; skills which will be invaluable in
their future lives. Through role-play, case studies and tasks, the girls become inspired and
passionate about their role as a salesperson.
And the proof of the pudding – or should I say cookie – is in the eating. These well-
trained salesgirls can turn out exceptional results. Scout Markita Andrews sold over $ 80 000
dollars worth of cookies in the twelve years she was a girl scout. Her success is for the most part
due to the incentive. By selling the greatest number of cookies, Markita won a trip around the
world. Rewards are not only given to the lucky winner, however. Scouts earn reward points as
they sell more cookies. 1 500 cookies gets the scout a Wiki game system.
But Girl scouts are not only training their workforce, but they are also changing their
tactics. Gone are the days when girls went door-to-door around the neighbourhood selling to
family and friends. They now go in for the bulk sales strategy. They sell to large organizations
and businesses, where cookies can be offered as sales incentives or part of corporate gift baskets.
This way, girls are able to shift a greater number of cookies and maximise their sales time.
1. When do the Girl Scouts sell cookies?
a) all year round
b) for three months per year
c) every three tears
2. What was the view of the girls scout organization before Kathy Cloninger became CEO?
a) not well-known
b) old-fashioned
c) surprising
3. Which of the following is not taught at “Cookie College?”

a) how to look after financies
b) how to promote your products
c) how to bake cookies
4. The girl scout can get a trip round the world if she
a) gets a certain number of reward points
b) sells cookies for twelve years in a row
c) sells more cookies than anyone else.
5. A new selling strategy used by girl scouts is...

a) selling cookies outside local businesses
b) giving scouts free cookies as an incentive
c) Selling large amounts of cookies at once.

3
Reading Task 2
Many seasoned tourists find they don't like staying in hotels, and that they prefer to avoid large
cities. Does this description fit you? If the answer is yes, The Mountain View Camping Ground
is for you. Our camping grounds overlook the spectacular Hampson Valley. We rent tents,
bungalows and roulettes. If DIY yourself is your style bring your own tents or roulettes. All
guests enjoy access to cooking facilities, bathrooms with bathing facilities, and a playground for
the children.
Our panoramic setting offers a wide variety of recreation activities as well as inspiring views of
the mountains. Chisom, a quaint summer-resort village, is just 10 minutes by car. Take
advantage of the many entertainment, shopping and relaxation opportunities including fitness
centres, laundry/valet services, solariums and much more. Have lunch in one of the many
restaurants and savour the tasty local cuisine.
Mountain View Camping Ground offers fun, relaxation and opportunities for all types of outdoor
activities. Call us today to find out how we can make your next holiday perfect.
1. What type of tourist is described at the beginning of the reading?

a) a first time tourist
b) an old tourist
c) a tourist who has travelled a lot
2. The camping grounds overlook:

a) a tall mountain
b) an area between mountains
c) a city centre
3. What type of accommodation can you not bring with you?

a) a roulette
b) a tent
c) a bungalow
4. Who cooks dinner?

a) the guests
b) the chef at the camping ground restaurant
c) doesn't say
5. What does Valley View offer besides the inspiring views?
a) laundry/valet services
b) a fitness centre
c) recreation activities
4
Reading Task 2
Mike: Anne, can I run the new presentation by you?

Anne: Certainly, I'd love to hear some of the new concepts.
Mike: OK, here goes ... On behalf of myself and Sport Outfitters, I'd like to welcome you. My
name's Mike Andersen. This morning, I'd like to outline our new campaign concepts that have
been recently developed.
Anne: Excuse me, who was invited to this conference?
Mike: Our sales representatives from our branch offices were asked to come. I think a number of
upper-management representatives were also invited.
Anne: That's good. Our marketing approach is going to be completely revamped.
Mike: And that's why we need everyone to be informed. So, I'll continue. You'll be given the
background and I'll talk you through the results of some of our recent market studies.
Anne: How many surveys were completed?
Mike: I think about 100,000 were returned to the company. Our marketing team was very
pleased with the response.
Anne: OK, continue...
Mike: The presentation has been divided into three parts. First, our past approach. Secondly,
present changes that will be made. Thirdly, future forecasts ...
Anne: That sounds good.
Mike: If you have any questions, please don't hesitate to ask. At the end of this presentation, a
short advertisement will be shown to give you an idea of where we are going.
Anne: Good job Mike. I hope your graphics are being put together by Bob.
Mike: Of course they are, you know he's the best!
1. Why does Mike want to speak to Anne?
a) to practice his presentation
b) to get her opinion on the new campaign
c) to show her some pictures
2. Besides sales representatives, who will be attending the conference?

a). marketing staff
b). some representatives from upper management
c). machine workers
3. What is going to be completely changed?

a). the surveys
b). the product line
c). the marketing approach
4. How many surveys were completed and returned to the company?

a). 10,000
b). 100,000
c). 1,000,000
5. Who are the graphics going to be done by?

a). Mike
b). Bob
c). Anne
5
Reading Task 2

Susan: George, I was wondering if we could discuss our new marketing strategy for a moment.
George: Certainly Susan. You know that I'm working with Anne on changing our image, don't
you?
Susan: Yes, I think you'll make an excellent team. How do you feel about the merchandise we're
pushing?
George: In my opinion, the products were offering are fine. However, I think we should
concentrate on expanding our market share in the young adult market.
Susan: I totally agree. Who buys more products than twenty somethings?
George: Exactly. We haven't been very successful in our branding efforts, have we?
Susan: I'm not keen on changing our target audience, but we certainly have to improve our brand
image.
George: If we want to edge out our main competitor, we're going to have to target customers at a
younger age.
Susan: Maybe, but we also have to keep our competitive edge in quality.
George: Why don't we all get together for a discussion?
Susan: Can you let me know when your next meeting with Anne is going to be? I'd like to go
over some of our restructuring ideas with both of you.
George: As a matter of fact, we'll be meeting this afternoon. Let's meet at four, shall we?
Susan: I'm afraid I already have an appointment then. Do you think we could meet earlier?
George: Well, I'll have to check with Anne.
1. Susan was aware that George is going to be working with Anne.

a). true
b). false
c). doesn't say
2. What does George think Sport Outfitters needs to concentrate on?

a). changing merchandise
b) expanding market share
c) improving quality
3. What has Sport Outfitters been unsuccessful in doing?
a) . branding efforts
b). developing new merchandise
c). opening outlets
4. What is Susan not keen on?

a) . changing publicity campaigns
b). improving branding
c). targeting younger customers
5. Why can't Susan meet with George and Anne at four?

a) she has to travel this afternoon
b) she has an appointment
c) she has the afternoon off
6
Reading Task 2
This year Americans elect on a new president on November 6th. It's an important event
that happens once every four years. Currently, the president is always elected from one of the
two main parties in the United States: the Republicans and the Democrats. There are other
presidential candidates. However, it is unlikely that any of these "third party" candidates will
win. It certainly hasn't happened in the last one hundred years.
In order to become the presidential nominee of a party, the candidate must win the primary
election. Primary elections are held throughout each state in the United States in the first half of
any election year. Then, the delegates attend their party convention in order to nominate their
chosen candidate. Usually, as in this election, it's clear who will be the nominee. However, in the
past parties have been divided and choosing a nominee has been a difficult process.
Once the nominees have been selected, they campaign throughout the country. A number of
debates are usually held in order to better understand the candidates' points of view. These points
of view often reflect their party's platform. A party platform is best described as the general
beliefs and policies a party holds. Candidates cross the country by plane, bus, train or by car
giving speeches. These speeches are often called 'stump speeches'. In the 19th century candidates
would stand on tree stumps to deliver their speeches. These stump speeches repeat the
candidate’s basic views and aspirations for the country. They are repeated many hundreds of
times by each candidate.
Many people believe that campaigns in the United States have become too negative. Each
night you can see many attack ads on the television. These short ads contain sound bites which
often distort the truth, or something the other candidate has said or done. Another recent problem
has been voter turnout. There is often less than 60% turnout for national elections. Some people
don't register to vote, and some registered voters don't show up at the voting booths. This angers
many citizens who feel that voting is the most important responsibility of any citizen. Others
point out that not voting is expressing an opinion that the system is broken. The United States
maintains an extremely old, and some say inefficient, voting system. This system is called the
Electoral College. Each state is assigned electoral votes based on the number of senators and
representatives that state has in Congress. Each state has two Senators. The number of
representatives is determined by the state’s population but is never less than 1. The electoral
votes are decided by the popular vote in each state. One candidate wins all of the electoral votes
in a state. In other words, Oregon has 8 electoral votes. If 1 million people vote for the
Republican candidate and one million and ten people vote for the Democratic candidate ALL 8
electoral votes go to the democratic candidate. Many people feel that this system should be
abandoned.
1. How often does the United States hold presidential elections?

a) . every two years
b) every four years
c) every six years
2. What is the 'third party'?

a) the Republicans
b) the Democrats
c) neither of the two main parities
3. How many times has a third party won in the last 100 years?
a) once
b) twice
c) never
4. What must a person do to become a presidential nominee?

a) win the general election
b) win a primary election
c) decide to run for president
5. When are primaries held?

a) during the second half of the election year
b) during the previous year to the election
c) during the first half of the election year
7
Reading Task 2
This year Americans elect on a new president on November 6th. It's an important event that
happens once every four years. Currently, the president is always elected from one of the two
main parties in the United States: the Republicans and the Democrats. There are other
would stand on tree stumps to deliver their speeches. These stump speeches repeat the candidates
basic views and aspirations for the country. They are repeated many hundreds of times by each
candidate.
Many people believe that campaigns in the United States have become too negative. Each night
you can see many attack ads on the television. These short ads contain sound bites which often
distort the truth, or something the other candidate has said or done. Another recent problem has
been voter turnout. There is often less than 60% turnout for national elections. Some people don't
register to vote, and some registered voters don't show up at the voting booths. This angers many
citizens who feel that voting is the most important responsibility of any citizen. Others point out
that not voting is expressing an opinion that the system is broken. The United States maintains an
extremely old, and some say inefficient, voting system. This system is called the Electoral
College. Each state is assigned electoral votes based on the number of senators and
representatives that state has in Congress. Each state has two Senators. The number of
representatives is determined by the state’s population but is never less than 1. The electoral
votes are decided by the popular vote in each state. One candidate wins all of the electoral votes
in a state. In other words, Oregon has 8 electoral votes. If 1 million people vote for the
Republican candidate and one million and ten people vote for the Democratic candidate ALL 8
electoral votes go to the democratic candidate. Many people feel that this system should be
abandoned.
1. Where is the nominee chosen?

a) in Washington D.C.
b) at the party convention
c) on the campaign
2. What is the main purpose of the debates?

a) raising money for the election
b) helping to understand the candidates' points of view
c) to attract advertising
3. What is the party platform?

a) the belief of a specific presidential nominee
b) the general beliefs and policies of the party
c) the place where the party is held
4. What is a stump speech?

a) a special speech for a particular group
b) the standard speech given by a nominee many times
c) a speech about the forest
5. What do many people believe about the campaigns?

a) they are too positive.
b) they are too negative.
c) they are perfect.
8
Reading Task 2
Alex: This election is going to be close!

Helen: I think you're right. The Republicans and the Democrats are fighting for every vote.
Alex: Did you watch the conventions?
Helen: Yes, I watched a little bit. The party platforms are extremely different.
Alex: Yes, they are! Watching them on TV, it was hard to believe they come from the same
country!
Helen: Oh, it wasn't that bad.
Alex: Hmmm, anyway the delegates certainly clapped hard for their nominees.
Helen: But it was the same stump speech over and over again. In both parties!
Alex: That's what politicians do best. Talk ... the problem is whether they actually do very much.
Helen: Oh, you're a pessimist!
Alex: I wouldn't say that. It's just that I'm sick and tired of all the attack ads.
Helen: I see your point. It would be nice to know what they want to govern the country, rather
than why they think the other guy isn't any good.
Alex: They treat us like idiots! I hate sound bites. Short simple statements that don't really give
me much information. Treat me like I have a brain.
Helen: Some say we get what we deserve. Voter turnout is so low; perhaps we don't deserve any
better.
Alex: But that's why people don't come out to vote. They don't feel represented even if they do
vote.
Helen: I think we need a third party in this country.
Alex: I couldn't agree with you more!
Helen: Perhaps a third party would stop the partisanship.
Alex: Another thing that I don't think is fair is the electoral system.
Helen: No kidding! Just think, a state like California has 54 electoral votes. One vote majority in
the popular vote and ALL of those 54 votes go to ONE candidate!
Alex: It just isn't fair.
Helen: Of course, there are reasons for that.
Alex: Hmmm. I guess ...
Helen: Are you a registered voter?
Alex: Of course! I'm a registered voter and I go to the voting booth to vote. I want that vote to
represent my voice.
Helen: OK, OK, no need to give a speech.
Alex: Ha ha, I just think it's my duty as a citizen to vote.
Helen: Yes, I agree with you. If you can vote, vote!
1. What do Alex and Helen believe?

a) the election will be close.
b) the election won't be close.
c) the election will not be held.
2. What does Helen think about the party platforms?

a) that they are very different
b) that they are very similar
c) that they are boring
3. What does Alex say?

a) watching the conventions it was clear that the parties are from the same country.
b) watching the conventions it was hard to believe that the parties are from the same country.
c) watching the conventions put him to sleep.
4. What does Helen complain about concerning the conventions?

a) that the stump speeches were too different each time.
b) that the stump speeches were too similar each time.
c) that the conventions should have had more music.
5. What does Helen accuse Alex of being?

a) an optimist
b) a realist
c) a pessimist.
9
Reading Task 2
Alex: This election is going to be close!

Helen: I think you're right. The Republicans and the Democrats are fighting for every vote.
Alex: Did you watch the conventions?
Helen: Yes, I watched a little bit. The party platforms are extremely different.
Alex: Yes, they are! Watching them on TV, it was hard to believe they come from the same
country!
Helen: Oh, it wasn't that bad.
Alex: Hmmm, anyway the delegates certainly clapped hard for their nominees.
Helen: But it was the same stump speech over and over again. In both parties!
Alex: That's what politicians do best. Talk ... the problem is whether they actually do very much.
Helen: Oh, you're a pessimist!
Alex: I wouldn't say that. It's just that I'm sick and tired of all the attack ads.
Helen: I see your point. It would be nice to know what they want to govern the country, rather
than why they think the other guy isn't any good.
Alex: They treat us like idiots! I hate sound bites. Short simple statements that don't really give
me much information. Treat me like I have a brain.
Helen: Some say we get what we deserve. Voter turnout is so low; perhaps we don't deserve any
better.
Alex: But that's why people don't come out to vote. They don't feel represented even if they do
vote.
Helen: I think we need a third party in this country.
Alex: I couldn't agree with you more!
Helen: Perhaps a third party would stop the partisanship.
Alex: Another thing that I don't think is fair is the electoral system.
Helen: No kidding! Just think, a state like California has 54 electoral votes. One vote majority in
the popular vote and ALL of those 54 votes go to ONE candidate!
Alex: It just isn't fair.
Helen: Of course, there are reasons for that.
Alex: Hmmm. I guess ...
Helen: Are you a registered voter?
Alex: Of course! I'm a registered voter and I go to the voting booth to vote. I want that vote to
represent my voice.
Helen: OK, OK, no need to give a speech.
Alex: Ha ha, I just think it's my duty as a citizen to vote.
Helen: Yes, I agree with you. If you can vote, vote!
1. What is an attack ad?
a) an ad attacking the other nominee
b) an ad supporting the other nominee
c) a type of hunting add
2. What is a sound bite?

a) a detailed analysis of a situation
b) a short simple statement with little detail
c) a type of animal bite
3. What is Alex tired of?

a) the attack ads
b) the political parties
c) the nominees
4. What would Helen like to hear?

a) how the political parties intend to govern the country
b) why the political parties think the other guy isn't any good
c) more sound bites
5. Why does Helen say about voter turnout?

a) perhaps we don't deserve better treatment because voter turnout is so low.
b) perhaps we make better decisions because voter turnout is so low.
c) perhaps they don't feel represented even if they do vote
10
Reading Task 2
Deliveries and Suppliers

Susan: Doug, can I talk with you for a moment?
Doug: What can I do for you Susan?
Susan: I'm concerned about the delays we're experiencing with some of our suppliers.
Doug: We're doing everything to get back on schedule.
Susan: Could you give me an approximate timeline?
Doug: A number of deliveries are arriving tomorrow. Unfortunately, this time of year is often
troublesome.
Susan: That's not good. We can't make excuses to our clients. Are all shipments affected?
Doug: No, but it is summer and some companies are cutting back until September.
Susan: Where are most of our suppliers located?
Doug: Well, most of them are in China, but there are a few in California.
Susan: How does that affect deliveries?
Doug: Well, there are weather delays and shipment delays due to reduced production.
Sometimes, larger packages are delayed because of a bottleneck at the distribution point.
Susan: Is there any way around these delays?
Doug: Well, we often work with delivery services such as UPS, Fed ex or DHL for our most
urgent shipping. They guarantee door-to-door deliveries within 48 hours.
Susan: Are they expensive?
Doug: Yes, they're very expensive at that cuts into our bottom line.
1. Why is Susan concerned?

a) they’re delaying shipments to suppliers.
b) they’re experiencing delays from suppliers.
c) they’re back on schedule
2. What are they doing?

a) trying to get back on schedule
b) not worrying about the problem
c) taking legal action against the suppliers
3. Which excuse does Doug give?

a) that the suppliers are unreliable.
b) that the time is year is often troublesome.
c) that they changed suppliers.
4. Where are most of the suppliers located?

a) in California
b) in Japan
c) in China
5. Which is NOT a reason given for the delays?

a) weather delays
b) reduced production
c) payment difficulties
11
Reading Task 2
Receptionist: Janson Wine Importers. Good Morning. How can I help you?

Caller: Could I speak to Mr. Adams, please?
Receptionist: Who's calling please?
Caller: This is Anna Beare.
Receptionist: Sorry, I didn't catch your name.
Caller: Anna Beare. That's B E A R E
Receptionist: Thank you. And where are you calling from?
Caller: Sun Soaked Vineyards
Receptionist: OK Ms Beare. I'll try and put you through. … I'm sorry but the line's busy. Would
you like to hold?
Caller: Could I leave a message?
Receptionist: Certainly.
Caller: Could you tell Mr. Adams that our shipment will be postponed and that the 200 cases
ordered should arrive next Monday.
Receptionist: Shipment delayed … arriving next Monday.
Caller: Yes, and could you ask him to call me back when the shipment arrives?
Receptionist: Certainly. Could you give me your number please?
Caller: Yes, it's 503-589-9087
Receptionist: That's 503-589-9087
Caller: Yes, that's right. Thanks for your help. Goodbye
Receptionist: Goodbye.
1. Who would the caller like to speak to?

a) the receptionist
b) Anna Beare
c) Mr. Adams
2. Which company does the caller represent?

a) Jason Wine Importers
b) Sun Soaked Vineyards
c) Beare consulting
3. Is the caller able to complete her task?

a) yes, she speaks with Mr. Adams.
b) no, she hangs up.
c) no, but she leaves a message.
4. Which information does the caller wish to leave?

a) that they haven't received their shipment yet.
b) that there is a short delay in the shipment.
c) that the wine was of poor quality.
5. What other information does the receptionist ask for?

a) the time of day
b) the caller's telephone number
c) they type of wine shipped
12
Reading Task 2
Placing an Order
(on the telephone)
Jane Tegal: Hello, this is Jane Tegal from Excellerator Co. calling. May I speak to Mr.
Mitchell?
Arthur Mitchell: Hello Ms Tegal, this is Arthur Mitchell.
Jane Tegal: Hello, I'd like to place an order for a number of your Millennium desk units.
Arthur Mitchell: Certainly. How many were you interested in ordering for purchase?
Jane Tegal: Quite a few. Do you have many available in the warehouse?
Arthur Mitchell: We keep a large supply in stock. There's also a showroom with quite a few on
hand. It shouldn't be a problem.
Jane Tegal: Well then. I'd like 75 units by the end of the month. Could I get an estimate before
place an order?
Arthur Mitchell: Certainly, I'll have it for you by the end of the day.
Jane Tegal: What does the estimate include?
Arthur Mitchell: Estimates include merchandise, packaging and shipping, duty if required, any
taxes and insurance.
Jane Tegal: Do you ship door-to-door?
Arthur Mitchell: Certainly, all shipments are door-to-door. Delivery dates depend on your
location, but we can usually deliver within 14 business days.
Jane Tegal: Thank you for your help.
Arthur Mitchell: My pleasure. You can expect an e-mail by 5 this afternoon.
1. What is Jane calling about?

a) to make a complaint
b) to place an order
c) to replace some stock
2. Which type of merchandise is she interested in ordering?

a) desk units
b) computers
c) paper
3. Does Arthur think there will be a problem filling the order?

a) yes, they don't have many units on hand.
b) no, they keep a large supply in stock..
c) yes, they keep a small supply in stock.
4. What would Jane like before placing the order?

a) delivery dates
b) an estimate
c) a sample desk unit
5. What type of shipments do they provide?

a) air
b) door-to-door
c) overland
13
Reading Task 2
Directions to a Meeting
Mark: Linda, do you know how to get to Daniels Co.? I've never been there before.
Heather: Are you driving or taking the subway?
Mark: The subway.
Heather: Right. Take the no. 9 from West 72nd street. Get off at Times Square and change to
the shuttle. Go across town and get off at Grand Central station. Go above ground and walk north
on Park Avenue.
Mark: Just a moment, let me write this down!
Heather: Take the no. 9 from West 72nd street. Get off at Times Square and change to the
shuttle. Got it?
Mark: Yes, thanks. Now, once I get to Times Square, which train does I take?
Heather: Change to the shuttle. Go across town and get off at Grand Central station. Go above
ground and walk north on Park Avenue.
Mark: Can you repeat that?
Heather: Change to the shuttle. Go across town and get off at Grand Central station. Go above
ground and walk north on Park Avenue.
Mark: Thanks Heather. How long does it take?
Heather: It takes about a half an hour. When is your meeting?
Mark: It's at nine. I'll leave at eight-thirty.
Heather: That's a busy time of day. You should leave at eight.
Mark: OK. Thanks Heather.
Heather: No problem.
1. How is Mark going to the meeting?

a) by taxi
b) on foot
c) by subway
2. Which subway station does he get on the subway at?

a) West 72nd street
b) Times Square
c) Grand Central station
3. Which station does he want to arrive at?

a) West 72nd street
b) Grand Central station
c) Times Square
4. Where does he transfer subway trains?

a) West 72nd street
b) Times Square
c) Grand Central station
5. How long does it take to get there?

a) 10 minutes
b) about thirty minutes
c) an hour
14
Reading Task 2
Happy Shareholders
Director: Can we go over some figures please?
Assistant: Yes, our shareholders' meeting is soon. I think it'd be a good idea to review the key
numbers.
Director: What has our total outlay been this year?
Assistant: Our expenditures are estimated at $4,320,000.
Director: What percentage is that is research and development?
Assistant: About 27%. We've invested heavily in developing some new technologies.
Director: What is our gross operating profit?
Assistant: Approximately 1.4 million.
Director: What kind of margin does that represent?
Assistant: The gross operating margin is at 24% for the year.
Director: That's impressive. That's up from last year, isn't it? About 10 points I think.
Assistant: That's right. We're solidly in the black. As a matter of fact, this is our fifth year
straight.
Director: Shareholders will be happy.
Assistant: They should be! This kind of growth in the current market is remarkable.
Director: Hopefully the shareholders won't veto any further R & D allocation.
Assistant: I think they trust the board to continue doing the right thing.
1. What is coming up soon?

a) an important presentation to other colleagues
b) the shareholders' meeting
c) a research and development conference
2. How much are expenditures?

a) more than four million dollars
b) approximately 1.4 million dollars
c) 27% of research and development
3. What's the gross operating margin?

a) more than the amount spent on R & D
b) less than the amount spent on R & D
c) they are in the red
4. How much have they improved over last year?

a) about 24%
b) they haven't improved over last year.
c) about 10%
5. Which sentence best describes the company?

a) they’ve been in the black for a long period of time.
b) they’ve been in the black recently.
c) they’re in the red.
15
Reading Task 2
Dear Editor
I am writing with regards to the article 'Is the TV Dead?' that appeared in your newspaper on the
4th March. The author claimed that with the rise of the Internet, the TV was becoming less and
less significant in our lives.
I find it very difficult to agree with this view. The TV is still the main way most of us get our
entertainment at home. It offers us the chance to see top musical artists, great films and
documentaries and occasionally, thanks to important televised events, it has the power to bring
the whole nation and all ages together in a way the Internet never could.
Your article was particularly critical of the TV for the poor quality of programmes available on
the many channels we now have. It is certainly true that many of the channels offer nothing more
than repeats or low budget programmes. However, I would argue that the majority of content on
the Internet is also of questionable quality. I agree with the writer that it is easy to keep up-to-
date with the latest news on the Internet, but I'm sure most of us still enjoy sitting down to the
News on TV in the evening just as much.
The writer is correct in stating that the Internet has become our major source for research and I
think this is its main strength. However, criticising the TV for not being as good is totally unfair.
Information programmes like documentaries are made for their potential as entertainment not as
research tools and as such will continue to be popular with viewers.
So in conclusion I don't think the writer should be so quick to write the TV off. On the contrary,
I think it has many more years left in it!
Yours sincerely
Samantha Johnson
1. Why is the person writing this letter to the newspaper?

a) to make a complaint
b) to offer a different point of view
c) to encourage people to watch more TV
2. What do we learn about the writer's opinion of TV?

a) It is useful as a reference tool
b) It is excellent entertainment
c) It is suffering because of the Internet
3. Which of the following is seen as a problem with TV?

a) the quality of some of the programmes
b) the lack of entertainment programmes
c) its poor use as a reference tool
4. What does the writer think is the best use of the Internet?
a) to buy products
b) to be entertained
c) to find things out
5. Which of the following words describes how the writer feels about TV?
a) pleased
b) excited
c) confused
16
Reading Task 2

The band Moonshine released their third CD last week. ‘Here again’ is a follow-up to ‘The
Waves’. There have been a few changes since the last CD, with Tom Wilcott on bass guitar
replacing Simon McVee, who left the band last year, and the arrival of Tom Simpson on drums.
It is clear from the first song on the CD, which is a dance tune that the band is no longer going to
concentrate on slow songs. The second tune is also a dance tune and is even louder and heavier.
Most later tracks are in the band’s more usual slow style. These two tracks will certainly come as
a surprise to many fans. Either of them could easily become a hit single though, because they are
excellent.
Singer Rob Letchford gets a chance to really show how good he is, reaching each note perfectly.
Fans should be grateful he recorded the songs for the album before he had trouble with his throat.
This has resulted in the band having to cancel their next tour. (Anyone who has bought tickets
need not worry as all the concerts will be rearranged as soon as Rob has recovered.)
On this CD, Moonshine show they can produce perfect music in a variety of styles, from the
slow ones we are familiar with to the ones that will keep your feet tapping. I did feel, though,
that they put their best songs at the beginning and the last few tracks were not of quite the same
quality. Despite this, ‘Here again’ is certain to be a big hit and bring more success to this band.
1. What is the writer trying to do?

a) make suggestions about how a band could improve
b) offer his opinion of a band’s new CD
c) give information about the members of a band
2. What does the writer say about the two songs at the beginning of the CD?
a) they are unlike the songs the band normally performs.
b) they are similar to other songs on the CD.
c) they may not be enjoyed as much as other songs on the CD.
3. What does the writer tell us about Rob Letchford?

a) he was not at his best when he recorded the CD.
b) he is unable to do any more performances.
c) he has become unwell since making the CD.
4. What conclusion does the writer come to about the CD?
a) he prefers some of their earlier CDs.
b) he thinks some of the songs may become annoying.
c) he feels the songs at the end are less good.
5. Which of the following did a fan say about the CD?
a) this CD is better than the last one because it’s got some dance tunes on it as well as some
lovely slow tunes.
b) I saw the band perform this CD recently at a concert so I went and bought it immediately.
c) the members of this band haven’t changed since they started and this CD shows how they
have learnt to produce an amazing sound together.
.
17
Reading Task 2
Can you imagine what it would be like working at night? You'd start your day when
everyone else was going to bed, and you'd go to bed when everyone else was getting up. Is that
really a natural way to live?
These days more and more jobs need to be done at night. Most big hotels offer 24-hour
room service, and need staff at reception and working in the bars. Many companies have 24-hour
call centers to deal with emergency enquiries. There are 24-hour supermarkets, and of course
there are the workers for the emergency services such as fire-fighters, the police and hospital
workers.
However, few people can work well at night. This is partly because we cannot easily
change our sleeping habits. Some people can manage on as little as three hours' sleep while
others need as many as eleven hours - you're either a 'short sleeper' or a 'long sleeper'. If working
at night stops you from getting the amount of sleep you need, you will damage our health.
The best part of the day for everyone is around lunchtime and the worst point is between
2 a.m. and 4 a.m. So if you're driving home at this time or doing something important at work,
things are far more likely to go wrong.
Humans are used to sleeping at night and being awake during the day, and they'll never be able
to do things the other way round. The problem is that today's 24-hour society isn't going to slow
down which means that night-workers will remain.
1. What is the writer's main aim in writing the text?

a) to describe the importance of work
b) to say how working at night can be bad for you
c) to suggest how people can change their way of life
2. What does the writer say about night jobs?

a) many people refuse to work at night.
b) it is easier than working during the day.
c) there is a variety of them.
3. What would a reader learn about sleep from the text?

a) everybody needs the same amount.
b) it's difficult to change your sleeping needs.
c) people sleep better in the early morning.
4. What does the writer say about the future?

a) fewer people will work during the day.
b) some jobs will always be done at night.
c) people will demand fewer services.
5. Which of the following could also be a title for this text?

a) a good night’s sleep can change your life!
b) a worker that sleeps more works more!
c) society is changing but our bodies are not!
18
Reading Task 2

Charlotte King made a once-in-a-lifetime visit to China last October and took lots of
photographs. When she got back she decided to send away her films for printing one at a time. In
this way she would more easily be able to match her photographs to the diary she had kept while
she was there. It was a good thing that she did, because the first film she sent to the company for
printing was lost. Miss King was very upset that she would never see her precious pictures of
Shanghai and Souzhou. The company offered her a free roll of film, but Miss King refused to
accept this offer and wrote back to say that their offer wasn't enough. They then offered her £20
but she refused this too and asked for £75, which she thought, was quite fair. When the firm
refused to pay she said she would go to court. Before the matter went to court, however, the firm
decided to pay Miss King £75. This shows what can be done if you make the effort to complain
to a firm or manufacturer and insist on getting fair treatment.
1. What is the writer trying to do?

a) to complain about photographic printing.
b) to give advice on how to complain.
c) to inform us about legal problems.
2. This text is from ...

a) a diary.
b) a letter.
c) a newspaper.
3. Before her visit, Charlotte had ...

a) been to China once before.
b) never been to China before.
c) already been to China several times.
4. It was a good thing that Miss King sent her films away one at a time because ...
a) not all the films were lost.
b) she was offered a free roll of film.
c) she was able to complete her diary.
5. When Miss King said she would go to court, the company ...
a) offered her £20.
b) said their offer wasn't enough.
c) made the decision to pay £75.
19
Reading Task 2
I was not happy. I shifted uncomfortably inside my best suit and eased a finger inside the
tight white collar. It was hot in the little bus and I had taken a seat on the wrong side where the
summer sun beat on the windows. It was a strange outfit for the weather, but a few miles ahead
my future employer might be waiting for me and I had to make a good impression.
There was a lot depending on this interview. Many friends who had qualified with me
were unemployed or working in shops or as laborers in the shipyards. So many that I had almost
given up hope of any future for myself as a veterinary surgeon.
There were usually two or three jobs advertised in the Veterinary Record each week and
an average of eighty applicants for each one. It hadn't seemed possible when the letter came from
Darrowby in Yorkshire. Mr. S. Farnon would like to see me on the Friday afternoon; I was to
come to tea and, if we were suited to each other, I could stay on as his assistant. Most young
people emerging from the colleges after five years of hard work were faced by a world
unimpressed by their enthusiasm and bursting knowledge. So I had grabbed the lifeline
unbelievingly.
The driver crashed his gears again as we went into another steep bend. We had been
climbing steadily now for the last fifteen miles or so, moving closer to the distant blue of the
Pennine Hills. I had never been in Yorkshire before, but the name had always raised a picture of
a region as heavy and unromantic as the pudding of the same name; I was prepared for solid
respectability, dullness and a total lack of charm. But as the bus made its way higher, I began to
wonder. There were high grassy hills and wide valleys. In the valley bottoms, rivers twisted
among the trees and solid grey stone farmhouses lay among islands of cultivated land which
pushed up the wild, dark hillsides.
Suddenly, I realized the bus was clattering along a narrow street which opened onto a
square where we stopped. Above the window of a small grocer's shop I read 'Darrowby Co-
operative Society'. We had arrived. I got out and stood beside my battered suitcase, looking
about me. There was something unusual and I didn't know what it was at first. Then it came to
me. The other passengers had dispersed, the driver had switched off the engine and there was not
a sound or a movement anywhere. The only visible sign of life was a group of old men sitting
round the clock tower in the centre of the square, but they might have been carved of stone.
Darrowby didn't get much space in the guidebooks, but where it was mentioned it was described
as a grey little town on the River Arrow with a market place and little of interest except its two
ancient bridges. But when you looked at it, its setting was beautiful. Everywhere from the
windows of houses in Darrowby you could see the hills. There was clearness in the air, a sense of
space and airiness that made me feel I had left something behind. The pressure of the city, the
noise, the smoke – already they seemed to be falling away from me.
Trengate Street was a quiet road leading off the square and from there I had my first sight of
Skeldale House. I knew it was the right place before I was near enough to read S. Farnon,
Veterinary Surgeon on the old-fashioned brass nameplate. I knew by the ivy which grew untidily
over the red brick, climbing up to the topmost windows. It was what the letter had said – the only
house with ivy; and this could be where I would work for the first time as a veterinary surgeon. I
rang the doorbell.
1. As he travelled, the writer regretted his choice of:

a) seat
b) clothes
c) career
2. What had surprised the writer about the job?

a) there had been no advertisement
b) he had been contacted by letter
c) he had been selected for interview
3. The writer uses the phrase 'I had grabbed the lifeline' (line 16) to show that he felt:
a) confident of his ability
b) ready to considered any offer
c) cautious about accepting the invitation
4. What impression had the writer previously had of Yorkshire?

a) it was a beautiful place
b) it was a boring place
c) it was a charming place
5. What did the writer feel the guidebooks had missed about Darrowby?
a) the beauty of the houses
b) the importance of the bridges
c) the lovely views from the town
20
Reading Task 2
As has happened many times before, thousands of people are making their way across a
vast car park. They're not here to see a film, or the ballet, or even the circus. They are all here for
what is, bizarrely, a global phenomenon: they are here to see Holiday on Ice. Given that most
people don't seem to be acquainted with anyone who's ever been, the show's statistics are
extraordinary: nearly 300 million people have seen Holiday on Ice since it began in 1943; it is
the most popular live entertainment in the world.
But what does the production involve? And why are so many people prepared to spend
their lives travelling round Europe in caravans in order to appear in it? It can't be glamorous, and
it's undoubtedly hard work. The backstage atmosphere is an odd mix of gym class and
workplace. A curtained-off section at the back of the arena is laughably referred to as the girls'
dressing room, but is more accurately described as a corridor, with beige, cracked walls and
cheap temporary tables set up along the length of it. Each girl has a small area littered with pots
of orange make-up, tubes of mascara and long false eyelashes.
As a place to work, it must rank pretty low down the scale: the area round the ice-rink is
grey and mucky with rows of dirty blue and brown plastic seating and red carpet tiles. It's an
unimpressive picture, but the show itself is an unquestionably vast, polished global enterprise:
the lights come from a firm in Texas, the people who make the audio system are in California,
but Montreal supplies the smoke effects; former British Olympic skater Robin Cousins is now
creative director for the company and conducts a vast master class to make sure they're ready for
the show's next performance.
The next day, as the music blares out from the sound system, the cast start to go through
their routines under Cousins' direction. Cousins says, 'The aim is to make sure they're all still
getting to exactly the right place on the ice at the right time – largely because the banks of lights
in the ceiling are set to those places, and if the skaters are all half a meter out they'll be
illuminating empty ice. Our challenge,' he continues, 'is to produce something they can sell in a
number of countries at the same time. My theory is that you take those things that people want to
see and you give it to them, but not in the way they expect to see it. You try to twist it. And you
have to find music that is challenging to the skaters, because they have to do it every night.'
It may be a job which he took to pay the rent, but you can't doubt his enthusiasm. 'The
only place you'll see certain skating moves is an ice show,' he says, 'because you're not allowed
to do them in competition. It's not in the rules. So the ice show world has things to offer which
the competitive world just doesn't.' Cousins knows what he's talking about because he skated for
the show himself when he stopped competing – he was financially unable to retire. He learnt the
hard way that you can't put on an Olympic performance every night. 'I'd be thinking, these
people have paid their money, now do your stuff, and I suddenly thought, "I really can't cope. I'm
not enjoying it".' The solution, he realized, was to give 75 per cent every night, rather than
striving for the sort of twice-a-year excellence which won him medals.
To be honest, for those of us whose only experience of ice-skating is watching top-class
Olympic skaters, some of the movements can look a bit amateurish, but then, who are we to
judge? Equally, it's impossible not to be swept up in the whole thing; well, you'd have to try
pretty hard not to enjoy it.
1. What surprises the writer about the popularity of Holiday on Ice?

a) the show has not changed since it started.
b) few people know someone who has seen it.
c) ice-skating is not generally a popular hobby.
2. The writer describes the backstage area in order to show

a) the conditions that the skaters put up with
b) the type of skater that the show attracts.
c) how much fun the cast have during their work.
3. What does the writer highlight about the show in the third paragraph?
a) a higher level of professional support
b) the difficulty of finding suitable equipment
c) the range of companies involved in the production
4. Cousins believes that he can meet the challenge of producing shows for different
audiences
a) by varying the routines each night.
b) by adapting movements to suit local tastes.
c) by presenting familiar material in an unexpected way
5. What does Cousins suggest in paragraph 5 about skating in shows?

a) it allows skaters to try out a range of ideas.
b) it enables skaters to visit a variety of places.
c) it can be as competitive as other forms of skating.
21
Reading Task 2

A. Sundance by Teresa Wilson
Kerry:
A. I really don't know why this book is so popular. I mean, I suppose it is going to appeal to
young girls who want danger and romance, but I found this book really tedious. For a start, the
characters were really unconvincing. The author went out of her way to add lots of details about
the characters, but I found these details really pointless. I thought that some of the facts she
presented about the main characters would become significant in some way later in the novel, but
they didn't. They were just worthless bits of information. I also was disappointed that, although
this book is meant to be about kids at high school, the writer seems to have no recollection at all
about what it's like to be 17. The main character thought and acted like a 32-year old. It just
wasn't believable. I'm not saying Teresa Wilson is a bad writer. She can obviously string words
together and come up with a story that is appealing to a large number of people, but she lacks
anything original. There is no flair. It just uses the same sort of language as you can see in many
other mediocre novels.
B. Wild Ways by Margery Emerson

Liz:
I have to say that I won't forget this book for a long time. I was hooked from the very first
chapter. The devastating story affected me so much that I don't know if I'll ever feel the same
again. I was close to tears on several occasions. I've got images in my brain now that I don't think
will ever leave me. It's incredibly well-researched and, although it is fiction, is based on shocking
real-life events. I learned an awful lot about things that went on that I never knew before.
Margaret Emerson has a brilliant way with words and I really felt real empathy towards the
characters, although I was sometimes irritated by the choices they made. However, the parallel
story, the part that is set in the present, is not quite so good. I found myself just flicking through
that part so that I could get back to 1940s Paris.
C. Orchid by Henry Rathbone

Imogene:
This is a delightful novel full of wonderful imagery, a paints a remarkable picture of life in a
distant time and a far-away place. If you're looking to learn about Eastern culture in great detail,
then this is probably not the book for you, as the writer skims over most of the more complicated
aspects of the country's etiquette. The historical aspects are also not covered in much depth.
However, I wonder whether this was the writer's intention. By doing this, he symbolise the
superficiality of the girl's life. She, like the book, is beautiful and eager to please, but remains too
distant from us, the readers, to teach us much. Although I loved the book and read it in one
sitting, the ending was a bit of a disappointment. A story which involves so much turmoil, in a
place where the future is uncertain, should not have a happy-ever-after fairy-tale ending.
Thigh Hills by Mary Holland
Hannah:
I read this book for a literature class. I know it's a classic, and I did try to like it, but I just didn't
get into it. I kept persevering, hoping that I'd start to enjoy it, but no such luck. The famous scene
out on the moors was definitely the best bit of the book, but even that I found ridiculous when it
is clearly supposed to be passionate. As I approached the end of the book, I figured there must be
some kind of moral to the story, something that I would learn from the experience of trudging
through seven hundred long pages, but there was nothing worthwhile. I don't know why the
literary world sees this book as such a masterpiece. The characters are portrayed as being
intelligent, but they do such stupid things! And as for it being a love story - marrying someone
you don't love and then being abused by them - that doesn't spell love to me.
1. Which person read a book which was set in an Oriental country

a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Imogene
2. Which person read a book which finished in an unrealistic way finished in an unrealistic
way
a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Imogene
3. Which person read a book which had characters that the reader could sympathise with
a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Imogene
4. Which person read a book which is well-known and was written a long time ago
a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Hannah
5. Which person read a book which contained two stories?

a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Imogene
22
Reading Task 2

Kerry:
I really don't know why this book is so popular. I mean, I suppose it is going to appeal to young
girls who want danger and romance, but I found this book really tedious. For a start, the
Liz:

Imogene:
D. High Hills by Mary Holland

Hannah:
1. Which person read a book which was not set in the past
a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Hannah
2. Which person read a book which made the reader cry
a) Kerry,
b) Liz,
c) Imogene
3. Which person read a book which made the reader cry
a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Hannah
4. Which person read a book which Contained insignificant details
a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Imogene
5. Which person read a book which Has a well-known scene
a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Hannah
23
Reading Task 2

Kerry:
I really don't know why this book is so popular. I mean, I suppose it is going to appeal to young
girls who want danger and romance, but I found this book really tedious. For a start, the
Liz:

Imogene:
D. High Hills by Mary Holland

Hannah:
1. Which person read a book which is written for teenagers?

a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Hannah
2. Which person read a book which had unbelievable characters?
a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Imogene
3. Which person read a book which is classed as romantic fiction?

a) Hannah
b) Kerry
c) Liz
4. Which person read a book which contains nothing new in the way of writing?
a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Hannah
5. Has an attractive but shallow heroine
a) Kerry
b) Liz
c) Imogene
24
Reading Task 2
Mr. Sanders: Mark can we talk for a moment?

Mark: Sure, Mr. Sanders. What would you like to discuss?
Mr. Sanders: I'd like to look into the Johnson account for a moment.
Mark: I did the bookkeeping yesterday and updated the balance sheet.
Mr. Sanders: Yes, I don't understand some of these deductions.
Mark: Do you mean the amortization costs?
Mr. Sanders: You deducted $35,000 for depreciation of hardware.
Mark: That's based on their accounting criteria. I got the amount from their bookkeeper.
Mr. Sanders: It seems too much to me.
Mark: Remember that computer equipment tends to depreciate faster than office furniture.
Mr. Sanders: I guess so. I'll take your word for it. Did they approve the balance?
Mark: Yes, it was OKed yesterday afternoon.
Mr. Sanders: The net growth looks fantastic this year.
Mark: It sure does! The bottom-line grew by 17%.
1. What did Mark NOT do yesterday?

a) the bookkeeping
b) update the balance sheet
c) buy hardware
2. What doesn't Mr. Sanders understand?

a) the cost of the hardware
b) some of the deductions,
c) the bottom-line
3. Who provided the amortization costs?

a) Mr. Sanders
b) Mark
c) Johnson’s bookkeeper
4. How does Mark explain the large deduction?

a).he can’t explain it.
b) computer equipment is less expensive than office furniture.
c) computer equipment depreciates faster than office furniture.
5. What are they both pleased by?

a) their new positions
b) their new relations
c) their new companions
25
Reading Task 2
Robert: I'm going to Portland on Thursday. There's an internet expo on. It's called Web Visions.
Alice: What is the schedule like?
Robert: As soon as I arrive, the keynote speech begins.
Alice: ... and after that?
Robert: When the keynote ends, we'll have two hours to check out the booths.
Alice: Are you making any presentations?
Robert: No, I'm just attending this conference.
Alice: Is Tad Wilson presenting?
Robert: No, but he's giving a workshop on Monday.
Alice: When are you coming back?
Robert: I'm flying back on Saturday morning.
Alice: Remember you are meeting with Trevor on Monday morning at nine o'clock sharp!
Robert: Oh, thanks! I forgot about that ...
Alice: Have a good trip!
1. Where is Robert going on Thursday?

a) to a meeting
b) to an internet expo
c) on vacation
2. What will he do after the keynote?

a) meet with Tad Wilson
b) check out the booths
c) go to a workshop
3. What's he doing at the conference?

a) making a presentation
b) holding a meeting
c) attending the conference
4. When is he returning?
a) on Monday
b) on Saturday
c) on Tuesday
5. What two things are happening on Monday?

a) Tad Wilson's workshop and Robert's meeting with Trevor
b) Tad Wilson's meeting and Robert's workshop
c) Web Visions and Robert's workshop
26
Reading Task 2
Tomorrow's Meeting
Alice: We're having a meeting tomorrow. Can you make it?

Kevin: When is it taking place?
Alice: We're planning on 10 o'clock. Is that OK?
Kevin: Yes, that'll be fine.
Alice: We're going to go over last quarter's sales figures.
Kevin: Good. I have some input I'd like to make.
Alice: Frank is also going to make some suggestions on improving the bottom line.
Kevin: That'll be interesting. He's got keen insights.
Alice: Yes, he's going to outline some new sales strategies.
Kevin: Is Alan attending?
Alice: No, he's flying to San Francisco and won't be able to make it.
Kevin: Oh well, maybe He'll phone in.
1. When is the meeting?

a) next Monday at 10
b) tomorrow at 10
c) this afternoon
2. What's the subject of the meeting?

a) the San Francisco accounts
b) last quarter's sales figures
c) this year's budget
3. What type of suggestions will Frank make?

A) improving research
b) improving the bottom line
c) sales on the east coast
4. What is Frank going to outline?

a) keen insights
b) new sales strategies
c) San Francisco partners
5. Who isn't going to attend?

a) Kevin,
b) Frank,
c) Alan
27
Reading Task 2
Discussing Ideas at a Meeting
Chairman: I'd like to open today's meeting. Robert?

Robert: First, I'll quickly go over the main points of the last meeting.
Chairman: …. (finishes), if no one has anything to add, let's move on to today's agenda.
Robert: I suggest we each give a little background on the suggestions we discussed last week.
Chairman: Could you repeat that, please?
Robert: Let's start by going over the research you've done on the suggestions.
Chairman: You'll find most of the information outlined in the summary documents in front of
you.
Robert: These figures are interesting. It's clear to me that customer communications are not
working as they should.
Chairman: Yes, our marketing efforts really haven't been effective to date.
Robert: I suggest we break up into groups and discuss how we can improve our message.
Chairman: Unfortunately, we're almost out of time. I suggest you submit your ideas on
marketing and we can discuss the best next week.
Robert: Before we close, could we quickly discuss the Armstrong situation?
1. What's the first order of business
a) new suggestions
b) quick review of last meeting
c) marketing ideas
2. What would Robert like to hear?
a) some new suggestions

b) background on the suggestions
c) ideas on marketing
3. How is the summary information presented?
a) by PowerPoint
b) orally
c) in a summary document
4. What seems to be the main problem?
a) the Armstrong situation

b) research and development
c) customer communications
5. What hasn't worked well until now?
a) the Armstrong situation

b) the main points of last week's meeting
c) marketing efforts
28
Reading Task 2
Presidential Elections
This year Americans elect on a new president on November 6th. It's an important event that
happens once every four years. Currently, the president is always elected from one of the two
main parties in the United States: the Republicans and the Democrats. There are other
would stand on tree stumps to deliver their speeches. These stump speeches repeat the
candidate’s basic views and aspirations for the country. They are repeated many hundreds of
times by each candidate.
Many people believe that campaigns in the United States have become too negative. Each night
you can see many attack ads on the television. These short ads contain sound bites which often
distort the truth, or something the other candidate has said or done. Another recent problem has
been voter turnout. There is often less than 60% turnout for national elections. Some people don't
register to vote, and some registered voters don't show up at the voting booths. This angers many
citizens who feel that voting is the most important responsibility of any citizen. Others point out
that not voting is expressing an opinion that the system is broken.
The United States maintains an extremely old, and some say inefficient, voting system. This
system is called the Electoral College. Each state is assigned electoral votes based on the number
of senators and representatives that state has in Congress. Each state has two Senators. The
number of representatives is determined by the state’s population but is never less than 1. The
electoral votes are decided by the popular vote in each state. One candidate wins all of the
electoral votes in a state. In other words, Oregon has 8 electoral votes. If 1 million people vote
for the Republican candidate and one million and ten people vote for the Democratic candidate
ALL 8 electoral votes go to the democratic candidate. Many people feel that this system should
be abandoned.
1. How often does the United States hold presidential elections?

a) every two years
b) every four years
c) every six years
2. What is the 'third party'?

a) the Republicans
b) the Democrats
c) neither of the two main parities
3. How many times has a third party won in the last 100 years?
a) once
b) twice,
c) never
4. What must a person do to become a presidential nominee?

a) win the general election
b) win a primary election
c) decide to run for president
5. When are primaries held?
a) during the second half of the election year
b) during the previous year to the election
c) during the first half of the election year
29
Reading Task 2

What is the American Dream? President Franklin Roosevelt explained the American
Dream as freedom of speech and freedom of religion. For the early immigrants the American
Dream was a better life not with material goods, but by freedom.
Norman Rockwell was a famous artist during the 1930’s. Rockwell drew pictures of the
American dream during his time. His art of the American dream consisted of families having a
great time, or of a happily married couple.
Before World War II the American Dream was happiness with a family or a loved one. The
ending of the war caused the American Dream to change.
Now the American Dream is to become rich. Everyone’s dream is to become just like Bill
Gates. People no longer do their work because they enjoy it. They do their work because of the
money.
A perfect example of this is baseball. When Major League Baseball first started the
players did it because they loved the game and enjoyed playing in front of the huge audiences.
They got paid low wages but still played the game because they loved it. Major League players
these days complain because they’re not getting paid enough when they are making millions of
dollars a year.
Many American kids set their goal to become a baseball player so that they can earn
millions of dollars too. Americans who hope to use their popularity and luck for hard work are
likely to fail at achieving the American Dream. While those who find work they love to do and
work hard to do it will continue to find their American Dream.
1. The main idea of the text is that the American Dream

a) has changed over time
b) has brought freedom
c) has lost its popularity
2. The word “huge” in line 12 is synonymous to

a) endless
b) enormous
c) hopeless
3. The pronoun “they” in line 13 stands for
a) players
b) audiences
c) wages
4. It is stated in Paragraph 4 (lines 9-11) that people do their work for

a) enjoyment
b) pleasure
c) money
5. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the text

a) everyone’s dream is to be like Bill Gates
b) Franklin Roosevelt was the President of the USA
c) Americans don’t work hard to find their dream
30
Reading Task 2

The London Bridge isn’t actually in London anymore, but it used to be there. When it
was in London, the Bridge crossed the Thames River, which is in the middle of London. The
London Bridge is made of granite, and isn’t an arch bridge; you can see the five curved arches in
the bridge. The London Bridge was built in the first half of the 19th century. When it was built, it
was a very difficult project. It took 800 men several years to build the bridge.
In 1968, the city of London decided that it needed a new bridge. The London Bridge was
too narrow, a wider bridge with six lanes was needed. The city didn’t tear the bridge down and
throw it away. Instead, the city found a buyer and sold the bridge. The company that bought the
London Bridge paid a lot of money for it. The company paid two and a half million dollars for
the London Bridge. Then the company took the bridge apart stone by stone, put it into crates,
transported it across the Atlantic, and rebuilt it in its new home. The London Bridge is now far
from its original home, on a lake in Arizona in the southwest of the United States.
1. The text is mainly about a bridge that

a) was originally built in Arizona
b) moved from Arizona to London
c) moved from London to Arizona
2. How many arches does the London Bridge have?

a) one
b) three
c) five
3. When was the London Bridge originally built?

a) in the last half of the 18th century
b) in the first half of the 19th century
c) in the last half of the 19th century
4. Why was the London Bridge replaced?

a) the city of London wanted a wider bridge
b) the city of London thought that the bridge was too old
c) the city of London wanted a heavier bridge
5. How much money was paid for the bridge

a) one and a half million dollars
b) two million dollars
c) two and a half million dollars
31
Reading Task 2
Aspirin’s origin goes back at least as early as 1758. In that year, the Englishman Edward Stone
noticed a distinctive bitter flavour in the bark of the willow tree. To Stone, this particular bark
seemed to have much in common with “Peruvian Bark”, which had been used medicinally since
the 1640s to bring down fevers and to treat malaria. Stone decided to test the effectiveness of the
willow bark. He obtained some, pulverised it into tiny pieces and conducted experiments on its
properties. His tests demonstrated that this pulverised willow bark was effective both in reducing
high temperatures and in relieving aches and pains. In 1763, Stone presented his findings to the
British Royal Society. Several decades later, further studies on the medicinal value of the willow
bark were being conducted by two Italian scientists. These chemists, Brugnatelli and Fontana,
determined that the active chemical that was responsible for the medical characteristics in the
willow bark was chemical salicin, which is the active ingredient of today’s aspirin.The name
“aspirin” is the trade name of the drug based on the chemical salicin, properly known as
acetylsalicylic acid. The trade name “aspirin” was invented for the drug in the 1890s by the
Bayer Drug Company in Germany. The first bottles of aspirin actually went on sale to the public
just prior to the turn of the century, in 1899.
1. According to the text, aspirin originated

a) not later than 1758
b) sometime after 1758
c) later than 1758
2. The pronoun “it” in line 5 refers to
a) malaria
b) the willow bark
c) fever
3. The word “properties” in line 6 could best be replaced by

a) ownership
b) characteristics
c) body
4. According to the test Brugnatelli and Fontana

a) were not from Italy
b) added a chemical to the willow bark
c) conducted studies on the willow bark
5. Where in the text does the author name the scientific compound that makes up
aspirin?
a) Lines 2-5
b) Lines 9-12
c) Lines 13-16.
32
Reading Task 2

In the 1930’s, Carlson was working in the patents department of a large electronics firm
in New York City. One of the major problems in his work was the length of the time and expense
involved in getting patents copied; patents were lengthily legal documents, and the only way to
get them copied was to take them to a typist or to a photographer. Either way of copying patents
took a lot of time and cost a lot of money.
Carlson came up with the idea of a machine that would copy documents quickly and
efficiently. He researched the idea in the library and then worked over a three-year period on
developing a machine that used a light, an electro statistically charged plate and powder to
duplicate images on paper. The result of this work was a machine that produced the first
xerographic copy on October 22, 1938. He named the process “Xerox”, which means “dry
writing”.
Carlson felt that he had a good idea, one that would be extremely helpful in the business
world. He tried to sell his idea to a number of large corporations, but they were not terribly
interested in his machine. He was able to get some help in developing the machine from a non-
profit institute, and a few years later he sold the process to a small family-owned company. This
small company grew into a giant Xerox Corporation, and both Carlson and Xerox became rather
wealthy in the process.
1. This text is mainly about

a) how the Xerox machine works
b) Carlson’s success in business
c) the development of the Xerox machine
2. Which of the following is not mentioned as a problem that Carlson encountered in getting
patents copied
a) the time needed for copying
b) the length of the patents
c) the availability of money
3. The word “expense” in line 3 is closest in meaning to

a) cost
b) difficulty
c) legality
4. The word “researched” in line 7 is closest in meaning to

a) searched for
b) came up with
c) looked for information about
5. Which of the following is not mentioned as a component of the machine that Carlson
developed?
a) a light
b) powder
c) a typewriter
33
Reading Task 2

Over the past 600 years, English has grown from a language of few speakers to become
the dominant language of international communication. English as we know it today emerged
around 1350, after having incorporated many elements of French that were introduced following
the Norman invasion of 1066. Until the 1600s, English was, for the most past, spoken mostly in
England and had not extended even as far as Wales, Scotland or Ireland. However, during the
course of the next few centuries, English began to spread around the globe as a result of
exploration, trade (including slave trade), colonization and missionary work. Thus, small
enclaves of English speakers became established and grew in various parts of the world. As these
communities expanded, English gradually became the primary language of international
business, banking and diplomacy.
Currently, about 80% of information stored on computer systems worldwide is in English.
Two-third of the world’s science writing is in English, and English is the main language of
technology, advertising, media, international airports, and air traffic controllers.
Today there are more than 700 million English users in the world, and over half of these
are non-native speakers, constituting a larger number of non-native users than any other language
in the world.
1. What is the main topic of the text?

a) the French influence on the English language
b) the expansion of English as an international language
c) the use of English for science and technology
2. Which lines in the passage best summarize how English was initially extended to many
areas of the world?
a) Lines 1-4
b) Lines 5-10
c) Lines 12-15.
3. According to the text, all of the following contributed to the spread of English around the
world except
a) the Norman invasion
b) the slave trade
c) colonization
4. The word “expanded” in line 9 could best be replaced by

a) separated
b) enlarged
c) prospered
5. The word “these” in line 14 refers to

a) users
b) native speakers
c) non-native speakers
34
Reading Task 2
September 11, 2001 was the day on which a series of major terrorist attacks took place in
New York and other places in the USA. The terrorists carried out the attacks using four
passenger planes that they hijacked on flights from the east coast of the US. At 8. 46 a.m. the
first plane crashed into the north tower of the World Trade Centre in New York. At 9 03 a.m. the
second plane crashed into the south tower. Less than 90 minutes later both towers fell down. The
third plane crashed into the Pentagon and the fourth into a field in Pennsylvania. Approximately
3 000 people died in the attacks, a greater number than were killed in the attack on Pearl Harbour
in the Second World War.
The place where the World Trade Centre once stood is now known as “Ground Zero”.
The attacks were seen as the work of Al Qaeda, a terrorist organization led by Osama Bin Laden.
They resulted in strong anti-terrorist laws being passed in many countries and a US-led was in
Afghanistan, where Osama Bin Laden was thought to be hiding.
1. According to the text

a) all the attacks took place in New York
b) all the four passenger planes had been hijacked
c) the first plane crashed into the Pentagon
2. The number of the victims was

a) far more than 3000 people
b) about 3000 people
c) greater than in the Second World War
3. According to the text, the World Trade Centre

a) stood in a place now called “Ground Zero”
b) was known as “Ground Zero”
c) was called “Ground Zero”
4. According to the text the attacks were recognized as the work of

a) a terrorist
b) an organization led by Osama Bin Laden
c) a terrorist led by Osama Bin Laden
5. as the result of the attacks

a) Afghanistan began a war against the USA
b) Al Qaeda led Osama Bin Laden to Afghanistan
c) many countries passed strong anti-terrorist laws.
35
Reading Task 2
Near the end of the 1950s, the USSR was preparing to send a dog into orbit above Earth.
Scientists in the Soviet Union were sure that organisms from Earth could live in space. To show
that they sent the world’s second artificial space satellite - Sputnik 2 on November 3, 1957. On
board was a live dog, around three years old. She was taken from the streets and trained for space
flight.
Sputnik 2 was equipped with life-support systems but was not designed for recovery. The
dog could move about to get food and water. Electrodes reported its heartbeat, blood pressure
and breathing rate.
People around the world sadly watched as the batteries that operated Laika’s life support
system ran down and the air on Sputnik 2 ran out. Life slipped away from her. Sputnik 2 fell into
the atmosphere and burned.
1. According to paragraph 1 (Lines 1-5), Sputnik 2 was send to orbit

a) to show how a dog could control spaceship
b) to demonstrate that it was an artificial satellite
c) to prove that living organisms could survive in space
2. It is stated in the text that Sputnik 2

a) had no recovery system
b) was sent to space in 1950
c) disappeared in space at once.
3. According to paragraph 2 (Lines 6-8),

a) Sputnik had no life-support systems
b) the dog could move on board the spaceship
c) electrodes provided the dog with food and water
4. According to the text, people around the world

a) sympathized with Laika
b) watched the satellite burn
c) watched Sputnik 2 fall into the atmosphere
5. Lika died because

a) there was no food on board
b) there was no more air for her to breathe
c) Sputnik 2 fell into the atmosphere and burned.
36
Reading Task 2
Many modern scientists use computers. With these they have found that astronomers as
far back as 1800 B.C. had ways of predicting seasons and eclipses.
For several centuries no one paid much attention to a grouping of stones, in England,
called Stonehenge. These gigantic stones are about thirteen feet tall and weigh several tones.
Scientists started studying the position of the stones which are placed in a circle ninety-seven
feet in diameter with other stones set inside. They felt there must be some reason why the stones
were arranged in just this way. Since the sun fell on some of the stones, it seemed logical that
they had something to do with the sun. They thought they were perhaps even related to sun
worships.
In 1963, Gerald Hawkins, using the electronic computer, was able to tell the time for the
sunrises and sunsets in about 1500 B.C. This is important because Stonehenge is thought to date
back to at least that time, and there is a relationship between the lines from the rising and setting
sun of that time and the placement of the stones.
Today some think that Stonehenge might have been an astronomical observatory. It is
amazing that with the use of these stones, the astronomers of the past were probably quite
accurate. They may have created a calendar with seasons and even predicted eclipse of the sun
and the moon. It is fascinating to think thousands of years ago people could do many of the
sophisticated things done by computers.
1. According to paragraph 2 (Lines 3 - 9)

a) Stonehenge consists of several light stones
b) there must be some explanation to the arrangement of those stones
c) Stonehenge is built of ninety-seven stones
2. According to the text, the astronomers of the past

a) created calendars with seasons
b) built astronomical observatories
c) could probably make careful calculations
3. According to paragraph 2 (Lines 3 - 9)

a) Stonehenge was taken little notice of for rather a long time
b) nowadays Stonehenge is related to sun worship
c) the position of the stones had nothing to do with the sun.
4. The word “accurate” in line 16 may best be replaced by

a) clean
b) tidy
c) precise
5. According to the text Stonehenge

a) is an up-to-date astronomical observatory
b) is a famous monument to sun worship
c) was probably an astronomical observatory
37
Reading Task 2
Hippocrates, the father of medicine, believed that personality and physical appearance go
together. Even in our times, researchers have tried to prove that a person’s character is somehow
connected with the way they look.
Psychologists often divide people into two types: those that are short and fat and those
who are tall and thin. People in the first group tend to be shorter than average and as they grow
older they get fatter. Although, in general, these people tend to be cheerful extroverts, their mood
may rapidly change and they become either depressed or inward-looking. Criminals often fall
into this group and many dictators have also been of the short, stocky type, for example, Nero,
Napoleon and Mussolini.
Tall, thin people usually have smallish heads, long noses and bony faces. As far as their
personality is concerned, they tend to be both shy and bad-tempered. They often suffer from
stress and avoid physical activity, though if they do take part in sports, they are generally very
good.
1. According to Hippocrates’s theory

a) a person’s appearance has nothing to do with his character
b) a person’s appearance harmonizes with his character
c) extroverts avoid physical activity
2. According to paragraph 2, (Lines 4-9), short and fat people

a) are generally extroverts
b) are never cheerful
c) are always depressed
3. We may think that tall, thin people

a) are physically strong and active
b) are never shy and irritable
c) are inclined to be timid
4. According to paragraph 2, (Lines 4-9),

a) people of the first group may have sudden changes of mood
b) most criminals fall into the second group
c) extroverts may become cheerful abruptly
5. According to the text, a lot of dictators were

a) tall and thin
b) tall and broad-shouldered
c) short and stout
38
Reading Task 2
Can dogs see television? We often think they can. But animals do not see as much as we
do. They don’t see the many colours that we see, for they are colour-blind.
You can see a brown rabbit in a green field. Your dog cannot. All he sees is in grey.
When the rabbit moves, your dog sees it as a moving grey thing in a big grey world.
On television he sees moving grey shadows but cannot understand what he sees. But your
dog has a good sense of smell and hearing, and he can tell by the smells from your body and the
sound you make if you are happy or angry. When you get excited by the pictures you see on
television, your dog smells and hears this, and he may get excited too. When this happens, you
may think it is the picture on television which is making him excited but this is not really so.
1. According to paragraph 1, (Lines 1-2), animals

a) are blind
b) don’t see any colours
c) don’t distinguish all colours
2. According to paragraph 2 (Lines 3 - 4), dogs

a) can’t see the brown rabbit
b) can see the brown rabbit in grey
c) can’t see a rabbit in a green field
3. The word “shadows” in line 5 may best be replaced by

a) sounds
b) shows
c) Figures
4. According to the text, your dog

a) can smell the pictures on TV
b) can smell that you are excited and may get excited too
c) gets excited by the pictures he sees on TV.
5. The text mainly discusses

a) the behaviour of wild animals
b) the problems of animation
c) the dog’s perception of colours.
39
Reading Task 2
The inventors of the cinema were French, not American. The Lumiere brothers gave the
first public show in France in 1895. In that first film, a train came towards the camera. People
ran out of the cinema thinking it was a real train!
But the United States film industry developed more quickly. The sunlight in Hollywood,
California, was good for making films (electric light was not strong enough). And from 1914 to
1918 there was war in Europe. In the 1920s Hollywood made 80% of the world’s films. Of
course, language didn’t matter because the films were silent.
The cinema became popular very quickly. In 1908 the USA had 10 000 cinemas (called
“nickel-odeons” because it cost a “nickel”, five cents, to get in) with twenty million customers a
week. In 1918 the film star Mary Pickford was the most famous woman in the world; she
received $350 000 per film.
1. According to paragraph 1, (Lines 1-3), the first film was

a) invented by Americans
b) invented by the French
c) about people running out of the cinema
2. The first film was shown to public in

a) 1914
b) 1895
c) 1908
3. The word “silent” in line 7 may best be replaced by

a) quiet
b) sound
c) soundless

a) the tickets to the cinema cost five cents, a “nickel”
b) cinemas in the USA are called “odeons”
c) the USA film industry developed very slowly
5. The text is mainly about

a) the first film
b) the first films
c) the Lumiere brothers
40
Reading Task 2
William Caxton was the first English printer. He was born in Kent in 1422. His father
was a farmer. William did not want to become a farmer like his father. So his father sends him to
London. He worked in an office which traded with different countries. William liked to read new
books which were printed in Europe.
At the age of thirty William Caxton started his own business in Belgium.
Later he left his business and began to translate French books into English. He became
interested in printing and at last he learnt to print. But what William Caxton wanted very much
was to have his own press one day and he did.
He brought his printing press to London. Printing was something new at that time, and
some people thought it was the work of the devil. Some of the people wanted to break the press.
Caxton printed his first book in 1477. It was the first book printed in the English language. The
book was Caxton’s translation of the French “Tales of Troy”.
William Caxton printed about eighty books. He translated thirty-one books from French.
Caxton died in 1491.
1. William Caxton was sent to London as

a) he refused to become a farmer
b) he was interested in trade
c) he wanted to work in an office
2. The word “printed” in line 11 means

a) published
b) painted
c) translated
3. According to paragraph 2, lines 5 – 8, Caxton was eager

a) to leave for Belgium
b) to have his own press
c) to print French books
4. The English translation of “Tales of Troy” was

a) the first book printed in 1477
b) the only book printed by Caxton
c) thought to be the work of the devil

a) translated a series of books from French
b) translated eighty books
c) printed his first book in French
41
Reading Task 2
If you want to keep a secret, don’t tell it to a parrot. The bird might repeat it. Parrots can
copy the sounds of human speech in any language. The bird’s vocal organ, called syrinx,
produces the sounds. Muscles in the syrinx tighten and relax by turns, helping the bird make
sounds.
In the wild, parrots imitate only the sound of other parrots. Pet parrots, however, copy a
variety of sounds. They imitate barking dogs and creaking doors. They whistle and sing.
Parrots are able to connect certain sounds with other sounds. That is why, for example, a
parrot can be trained to respond to the ringing of a telephone and a human voice saying “hello”
when the telephone rings.
Parrots are the most famous talkers of the bird world. But other birds, such as the black-
billed magpie and the crow also can imitate human speech.
1. The word “imitate” in line 5 is synonymous to

a) hear
b) react
c) reproduce
2. The physiology of the parrot is discussed in

a) Paragraph 1
b) Paragraph 2
c) Paragraph 3
3. It is stated in the text that pet parrots

a) can imitate only barking dogs
b) can copy a great range of sounds
c) don’t differ from the wild parrots
4. Parrots are able to
a) connect the telephone wire
b) answer the telephone
c) train other parrots
5. We may tell from the text that

a) parrots can imitate only human speech
b) parrots aren’t the only birds that can imitate human speech
c) all parrots can imitate the sounds of human speech
42
Reading Task 2
To be a good teacher you need some of the gifts of a good actor. You must be able to
hold the attention and interest of your audience, you must be a clear speaker, with a good, strong,
pleasing voice which is fully under your control, and you must be able to act what you are
teaching in order to make its meaning clear. Watch a good teacher and you will see that he does
not sit motionless before his class. He stands the whole time he is teaching. He walks about,
using his arms, hands and fingers to help him in his explanations, and his face to express
feelings. Listen to him and you will hear his voice changing according to what he is talking
about.
The fact that a good teacher has some of the qualities of a good actor does not mean that
he will indeed be able to act well on the stage, for there are many important differences between
the teacher’s work and the actor’s. The actor has to speak words which he has learned by heart.
He has to repeat exactly the same words each time he plays a certain part. A good teacher cannot
learn his part by heart, but must invent it as he goes along.
1. According to the text, a good teacher should

a) be physically strong
b) have some qualities of an actor
c) have a weal voice
2. The sentence “You must be able to hold the attention and interest of your audience”
means
a) you have to shift the attention of your audience
b) you must try to listen to your audience with interest
c) you must be able to arouse interest in your audience
3. According to paragraph 1 (Lines 1-8), a good teacher must

a) speak constantly
b) change his information from time to time
c) never sit before the class
4. The word “motionless” in line 5 may best be replaced by

a) worried
b) careless
c) still

a) a good teacher must be inventive
b) a good teacher must act well on the stage
c) the job of a teacher and an actor are completely the same
43
Reading Task 2

April Fool’s Day is the first day of April. The sport of the holiday is to play silly but
harmless jokes on family members, co-workers and friends. The victim of these pranks is called
an “April fool”.
This holiday originated in France. When the French first adopted the Gregorian calendar
in 1582, some people continued to use the old calendar and to celebrate New Year’s Day on
April 1. They were called “April fool”. The custom of playing tricks on this day became popular
in France and then spread to many other countries.
April fool’s jokes are as ingenious, humorous or cruel as the people who perform them.
Here are some of them:
- calling the zoo and asking the speak to Mr. Lion;
- putting salt in the sugar bowl;
- setting the clocks back an hour;
- trying a string to a wallet and leaving the wallet in the middle of the sidewalk.
When someone stoops to pick it up, the prankster pulls it.
Today, April fool’s jokes are played mostly by children, who enjoy the holiday immensely.
1. According to the text, an “April fool” is

a) someone you harm
b) anyone you work with
c) the person you play jokes on
2. According to paragraph 1 (Lines 1-3), April fool’s jokes are

a) silly and harmful
b) silly and harmless
c) humorous and cruel
3. The word “prank” in line 3 may best be replaced by

a) trick,
b) game
c) holiday

a) April fool’s day is celebrated only in France
b) April fool’s jokes are played only by children
c) “April fools” were people who celebrated New Year’s Day according to the old calendar.
5. April fool’s jokes are

a) performed by cruel people
b) like people who perform them
c) enjoyed by French children only.
44
Reading Task 2
William Hogarth, whose name is one of the most brilliant in the history of British
painting was born in 1697 in London. At an early age, he showed a talent for drawing. But
painting was only for the rich in those days.
When William was a young boy he started working for a man from whom he learnt the
art of engraving. William engraved visiting cards for him. But he also worked at illustrations of
books.
Later he began to study at the Art Academy of Sir James Thornhill and helped him to
paint some of his pictures. Soon he fell in love with Thornhill’s daughter, but the father did not
allow her to marry him. So the two lovers decided to run away.
At the age of 30, Hogarth painted his first pictures in oil paint. He became quite
successful as a portrait painter. But his real success came when he turned to subjects that
ordinary people understood and liked.
In his pictures, Hogarth was “getting at” the rich of his day who were living off the backs
of the people. He hoped that by his pictures he was helping to change people for the better and
make them less cruel. Politicians were afraid of him because he sometimes put them into his
pictures.
1. According to Paragraph 1, lines 1-3, William Hogarth

a) was very rich
b) was interested in history
c) took up painting at an early age
2. Hogarth learnt the art of engraving from

a) the man he worked for
b) Sir James Thornhill
c) a man who worked for him

a) Hogarth painted portraits of ordinary people
b) ordinary people appreciated Hogarth’s paintings
c) at the age of 30 Hogarth painted his first pictures
4. The word “brilliant” in Line 1 is closest in meaning to

a) bright
b) talented
c) intelligent
5. According to Paragraph 5, Lines 13-16, Hogarth

a) changed the rich for the better
b) criticized the rich of his days
c) got money from politicians
45
Reading Task 2
“Robot” really means a workman, not a mechanical monster. It is one of the very few
Slavic words (in this case Czech) borrowed in the English language. It comes from the Old
Slavic word “robu”, which means a servant. In Modern Slavic, the word “robotnic” means
workman and is linked to the Russian word for work, “robota”.
“Robot” came into general use in English only after 1923; following the great success of
a play by a Czech author Karl Capek (1890-1938). Capek’s play was called “R.U.R”, which
stood for “Rossum’s Universal Robots”. It was about mechanical automations that did the work
of men, and were efficient but soulless. In the play, society exploited them, came to depend
entirely on them, and was destroyed by them when they revolted. Since then, the term “robot”
has come to mean a mechanical man, often in recognizable human form, as well as a non-human-
looking machine that does work formerly only handled by men.
Since the early days of Capek’s play, “robot” found its way into the dictionaries of every
modern language, but in its original language there is no sense of a mechanical man, just of an
ordinary worker.
1. According to Paragraph 1, lines 1-5, “robot” means

a) work
b) monster
c) worker
2. The word “robot” became popular

a) in the first half of the 20th century
b) in the first decade of the 20th century
c) long before 1923
3. In Capek’s play robots were

a) soulless people
b) mechanical automations
c) efficiently working men
4. The word “entirely” in line 9 means

a) fairly
b) partly
c) completely
5. The term “robot” nowadays refers to

a) mechanical men or machines operated by men
b) ordinary workers
c) ordinary servants
46
Reading Task 2
One of the favourite holidays of the children in Great Britain is Halloween. This is a story
how Jack-o-lantern (pumpkin lantern) was invented.
Once upon a time, there was a big forest through which many travellers journeyed to get
to the town on the other side. It was such a dark forest that the travellers often wandered off the
dim little trail and got lost. They tried to find their way and finally came to a pretty little cottage
where a witch tricked the poor travellers by putting a magic spell on them.
One day a poor little girl came to this very forest. As it grew very dark, she lit a candle
but the witch blew it out. The girl tried many times to light the candle but the witch blew it out.
The girl tried again and again but the flame flickered and went out. Then the poor girl walked
under a big nut-tree but the witch turned the nut over the girl’s head into a pumpkin. The girl felt
around in the dark and found the pumpkin. She found a stick and began to hollow out the
pumpkin. The she put the candle inside, lit it and put the pumpkin lantern on her head.
After a while, the girl came to the witch’s cottage. On seeing a horrible two-headed
monster, the witch was frightened. She felt down, knocked herself out on the hard floor and soon
died. The magic spell was lifted and the travellers were saved.
1. The travellers got lost as

a) it was dark in the forest
b) they wanted to find the witch
c) they tried to find a pretty little cottage
2. The little girl tried to light the candle

a) to find the way
b) to have a walk
c) to find a nut-tree
3. The phrase “hollow out” in Line 11 means

a) fill
b) blow
c) employ
4. According to Paragraph 4 Line 13-15,

a) the witch was frightened to death
b) the little girl knocked the witch out
c) a horrible two-headed monster killed the witch
5. According to the text, the travellers were saved due to

a) the monster
b) the little girl
c) the magic stick
47
Reading Task 2
You spend about one-third of your life sleeping. Sleep not only takes up a large part of
your life but also is an essential part of your health. During the sleep your body gets a chance to
rest. Your heart rate and breathing rate slow down. Your body temperature and blood pressure
drop. Many of your muscles relax. Since many of your body’s activities slow down, your body
uses less energy while you sleep.
Some parts of your body remain quite active while you sleep. Body cells grow and repair
themselves more rapidly during the sleep. Lack of sleep during the teenage years interferes with
these processes and might interfere with proper growth.
Most people feel tired and cross if they don’t get enough sleep. Lack of sleep can affect a
person’s ability to think clearly or perform physical tasks safely. Sleep studies indicate that after
several days without sleep, people become forgetful and confused. They have difficulty
following directions. Sometimes they begin to see and hear things that do not exist. These
changes in behaviour disappear when people sleep regularly again.
Poeple differ in the amount of sleep they need. Babies sleep 16 or 18 hours a day. Very
young children usually sleep about 12 hours every day. Most teenagers need 9-10 hours of sleep
each night. You might need less sleep as you grow older. Many adults need only 7-8 hours of
sleep a night to feel well rested.
1. According to Paragraph 1, Lines 1-5

a) your body relaxes
b) you stop breathing
c) you have high blood pressure
2. According to the text, during the sleep

a) people feel tired
b) body cells grow slowly
c) body cells grow quickly
3. Getting enough sleep people
a) develop the ability to think clearly
b) feel cross
c) become forgetful and confused
4. The word “essential” in Line 2 is synonymous to

a) vital
b) trivial
c) brutal
5. According to the text,

a) teenagers sleep 12 hours every day
b) babies need more sleep that adults
c) sleep is unimportant for many adults
48
Reading Task 2
Hippocrates, the father of medicine, believed that personality and physical appearance go
together. Even in our times, researchers have tried to prove that a person’s character is somehow
connected with the way they look.
Psychologists often divide people into two types: those that are short and fat and those
who are tall and thin. People in the first group tend to be shorter than average and as they grow
older they get fatter. Although, in general, these people tend to be cheerful extroverts, their mood
may rapidly change and they become either depressed or inward-looking. Criminals often fall
into this group and many dictators have also been of the short, stocky type, for example, Nero,
Napoleon and Mussolini.
Tall, thin people usually have smallish heads, long noses and bony faces. As far as their
personality is concerned, they tend to be both shy and bad-tempered. They often suffer from
stress and avoid physical activity, though if they do take part in sports, they are generally very
good.
1. Modern researchers
a) disagree with Hippocrates categorically
b) find no connection between character and appearance
c) have tried to confirm Hippocrates’s theory
2. The word “cheerful” in line 6 is NOT synonymous with

a) joyful
b) miserable
c) merry
3. The word “rapidly” in line 7 is synonymous with

a) quickly
b) steadily,
c) simply
4. The sentence “they often suffer from stress” means that they
a) are afraid of stress
b) often avoid stress
c) often undergo stress

a) psychologists and researchers
b) appearances and characters
c) criminals and dictators
49
Reading Task 2
Many modern scientists use computers. With these they have found that astronomers as
far back as 1800 B.C. had ways of predicting seasons and eclipses.
For several centuries no one paid much attention to a grouping of stones, in England,
called Stonehenge. These gigantic stones are about thirteen feet tall and weigh several tones.
Scientists started studying the position of the stones which are placed in a circle ninety-seven
feet in diameter with other stones set inside. They felt there must be some reason why the stones
were arranged in just this way. Since the sun fell on some of the stones, it seemed logical that
they had something to do with the sun. They thought they were perhaps even related to sun
worships.
In 1963, Gerald Hawkins, using the electronic computer, was able to tell the time for the
sunrises and sunsets in about 1500 B.C. This is important because Stonehenge is thought to date
back to at least that time, and there is a relationship between the lines from the rising and setting
sun of that time and the placement of the stones.
Today some think that Stonehenge might have been an astronomical observatory. It is
amazing that with the use of these stones, the astronomers of the past were probably quite
accurate. They may have created a calendar with seasons and even predicted eclipse of the sun
and the moon. It is fascinating to think thousands of years ago people could do many of the
sophisticated things done by computers.
1. The word “gigantic” in line 4 is NOT synonymous with

a) tiny
b) enormous
c) colossal
2. According to the text thousands of years ago people

a) were not interested in astronomy
b) were able to do a lot of complicated calculations
c) could do nothing essential without computers
3. Using an electronic computer, Gerald Hawkins
a) studied Stonehenge in 1963
b) made some astrological calculations
c) made discoveries in about 1500 B.C.
4. The word “predict” in line 16 is NOT synonymous to

a) foresee
b) forecast
c) forego

a) the mystery of Stonehenge
b) computers
c) astrology
50
Reading Task 2
Over the past 600 years, English has grown from a language of few speakers to become
the dominant language of international communication. English as we know it today emerged
around 1350, after having incorporated many elements of French that were introduced following
the Norman invasion of 1066. Until the 1600s, English was, for the most past, spoken mostly in
England and had not extended even as far as Wales, Scotland or Ireland. However, during the
course of the next few centuries, English began to spread around the globe as a result of
exploration, trade (including slave trade), colonization and missionary work. Thus, small
enclaves of English speakers became established and grew in various parts of the world. As these
communities expanded, English gradually became the primary language of international
business, banking and diplomacy.
Currently, about 80% of information stored on computer systems worldwide is in
English. Two-third of the world’s science writing is in English, and English is the main language
of technology, advertising, media, international airports, and air traffic controllers.
Today there are more than 700 million English users in the world, and over half of these
are non-native speakers, constituting a larger number of non-native users than any other language
in the world.
1. The word “elements” in line 3 means

a) declarations
b) features
c) curiosities
2. Approximately when did the English begin to be used beyond England?

a) around 1350
b) before 1600
c) after 1600
3. The word “course” in line 6 means

a) time
b) policy
c) subject
4. According to the text, approximately how many non-native users of English are there in
the world today?
a) half a million
b) 350 million
c) 700 million
5. According to the text which of the following is not true?

a) French rather than English is the most common language in the globe
b) most of the information installed in the computers is in English
c) most scientific documents in the world are written in English
1.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
Total score for writing task is 10.
You are assessed according to the appropriateness of the following criteria:
Task achievement 2.5 (All the requirements are met.)
Organization 2.5 (Introduction, body, conclusion, linkers)
Grammar 2.5 (Sentence structure, noun-verb agreement, tenses, spelling)
Lexis 2.5 (Accurate use of register, vocabulary, ESP/general phrases, collocations, word
formation and vocabulary range)
As part of an assignment you have to write about the following:
You are applying for the position of the Quality Control Manager in Coca-Cola HBC Armenia
CJSC. Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid company,
including the information on the following:
Job responsibilities:
- Plan and coordinate quality control programs;
- Responsible for the Management Systems implementation. - Check laboratory procedures and
controls according to the company demands.
Required qualifications:
- Higher education (preferably in Chemistry or Biology);
- 3-5 years of professional experience;
- Fluency in oral and written Armenian, Russian and English languages;
- Good computer skills.
Cover letter in 200 words (±10%).
2.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System

You are applying for the position of the Web UI Developer in ASAP LTD. Write a Covering
letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid company, including the information on
the following:
- Design and build new features using HTML;
- Work with the members of Product Management on cross-functional teams;
- Guide and mentor those around him/ her;
- Contribute in a meaningful way to the success of the company.
Excellent knowledge of HTML programme and experience with agile software development.
3.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Corporate Assistant in Grigoryan Law Group CJSC.
Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid company, including
the information on the following:
- Prepare and conduct meetings for the Board of Directors and general sessions according to
relevant regulations; Participate in the preparation of documents and required information for the
provision to the Board of Shareholders. Responsible for efficient cooperation with partners from
sister agencies within the frame of preparation and alignment issues.
- Higher education in Law; knowledge of RA legislation on Corporate Law;
- Fluency and literacy in written and spoken Armenian and Russian
- High-motivation and initiative; ability to work under pressure;
- Basic planning, reporting and decision-making skills, as well as good communication and
conflict resolution skills are preferable.

4.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Receptionist/ Administrative Assistant in Fund for
Armenian Relief of America. Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the
aforesaid company, including the information on the following:
- Manage the reception area to ensure effective telephone and mail communications both
internally and externally;
- Organize logistical arrangements (transportation, accommodation, visa processing, airport
transfer) for the entire staff, as well as for long and short term visitors;
- Bachelor's degree in Linguistics, Humanities or other relevant fields;
- Strong written and verbal skills in Armenian, English and Russian languages; high level of
computer literacy (MS Office, Internet);
- High sense of responsibility and accuracy; ability to communicate effectively; excellent
teamwork skills; good negotiation skills; ability to multi-task in a fast-paced environment.
5.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System

You are applying for the position of the Manager in “Cross Hi-Tech” LLC. Write a Covering
the following:
- Create compelling, entertaining and relevant content for the company's website, social
networking channels and platforms such as Facebook and most specifically YouTube; increase
engagement with customers online;
- Create, develop and package content in dynamic, engaging and easily digestible format;
- Bachelor's degree in a relevant field; experience in video production;
- Good team player; highly creative personality with the ability to work well with cross-
functional teams, understand technology and lifestyle trends;
- Excellent knowledge of Armenian, Russian and English; up-to-date industry and technical
knowledge of various popular social networking platforms, particularly YouTube and Facebook.
6.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Area Manager in Berlin-Chemie, Armenian
Representation. Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid
company, including the information on the following:
- Verify that all the activities of Medical Representatives are in line with the overall requirements
of the company and according to the company’s strategy, tactics and promotion plan;
- Organize and carry out promotional meetings, seminars and other events for doctors and other
customers in a proper way;
- Motivate Medical Representatives by using the bonus system and stimulating their curiosity for
the competitors’ activities and market and customers analysis;
- University degree in Medicine or Pharmacy; at least 2 years of work experience as an Area
Manager;
- Strong skills in sales; good knowledge of the market; strategic thinking;
- Presentation skills; excellent communication and team-building skills; ability to work under
stress; fluency in Armenian, Russian and English languages.
7.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Account Manager in Samsung Electronics KZ. Write a
Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid company, including the
information on the following:
- Responsible for the development and achievement of sales through the direct and indirect sales
channels;
- Write business plans for all current and opportunity tender business within Samsung products
and solutions;
- Previous experience in Account Management; strong account management and relationship
building skills;
- Ability to conduct market research and analyze the market conditions;
- Highly self-motivated personality.
8.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Logistics Manager in Parma LLC. Write a Covering
the following:
- Work with multiple customers at the same time; respond to all customer complaints or queries
in an efficient manner;
- Supervise the completion of all checks and documentation required by law;
- Monitor and track the flow of goods into the warehouse; ensure the timely delivery of customer
deliveries and orders.
- Higher education; - At least 3 years of professional experience;
- Ability to quickly understand the company’s operational systems; in-depth knowledge of all
modes of transportation (including Air, Sea, and Truck).
- Ability to think on feet and make the right decisions under pressure; result-oriented and
initiative personality.
9.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Executive Assistant in Women’s Rights Center NGO.
- Coordinate and arrange projects activities and their implementation in a timely manner;
- Represent the organization and its activities on local, regional and international levels;
- Record incoming and outgoing correspondence.
- University degree in Social Sciences; at least 1 year of relevant work experience;
- Excellent command of written and spoken Armenian and English languages; computer literacy;
- Organized and energetic personality with high sense of responsibility; flexibility and ability to
work within strict time frames;
- Strong negotiation, communication and organizational skills;
10.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Manager in Imex Group Ltd. Write a Covering letter
to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid company, including the information on the
following:
- Control the work implemented by specialists;
- Responsible for the survey of work plants, equipment, etc.
- University degree in Power Energetics;
- At least 2 years of professional experience;
- Computer skills: Excel, AutoCad;
- Knowledge of technical English language.
11.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Email Marketing Specialist in Be 2 Ltd.
Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid
- Set up email campaigns in all markets;
- Set up pricing and promotions in be2 payment systems;
- Support (and initiate) comprehensive email testing plans to improve conversion rates;
- Implement country requests based on different briefings.
- Related degree in Business Administration or Marketing;
- Knowledge of email marketing tools,
- Detail-oriented personality; ability to work within a team;
- Creative mind, disciplined working habit, very good organizational and coordination skills.
12.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Innovation and Quality Unit Senior Specialist in
Ameriabank CJSC. Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid
- Collect and analyze new product proposals/ requests;
- Develop new product concepts; develop and manage new product projects;
- Monitor new services and automated systems introduction projects; prepare reports;
- Collect and analyze feedback on new products and services; make relevant recommendations.
- University degree (Management); at least 2 years of work experience in a relevant field;
- Strong knowledge of banks and banking legislation;
- Idea generation skills, project development and management skills, critical thinking;
- Ability to work under pressure; attention to details; ability to meet deadlines.
13.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Branch Manager in SEF International. Write a
- Responsible for branch operations strategic and financial planning and control;
- Responsible for ongoing management of branch staff and ensuring the realization of the
organization’s HR policies and procedures;
- Keep connected with public; solve marketing issues; responsible for management of document
turnover.
Required qualification:
- Knowledge of the principles of small and medium business setup and development, modern
means of data analysis and processing, the methods of financial analysis, the principles of people
management, marketing, branding and public relations;
- Skills in Project Management;
14.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Local Marketing Manager in World Vision Armenia.
- Coordinate the development and introduction of new marketing systems and initiatives that will
have impact across WV Armenia;
- Manage the production and provision of high quality information resources and materials for
public engagement;
- Share field experience and new approaches at the various Partnership forums.
- Master's degree in Marketing; diploma or degree in Communications or Public Relations;
- Proven ability to manage and lead; team player; energetic and creative personality;
- Solid verbal and written communication skills in English and Armenian languages;
-Self-motivated and innovative personality with the ability to work under pressure;
15.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Accounting and Finance Assistant in Timeless LLC.
- Conduct day-to-day accounting operations to support the financial department of the company;
- Determine the cost and the overheads of the inventory acquisition and consequently record the
entries;
- Prepare the drafts of the purchase contracts; perform other duties considering the financial
operations of the company.
- Higher education; excellent knowledge of Excel; ability to analyze large data;
- Good knowledge of Armenian, Russian and English languages;
- Knowledge of financial and accounting principles is a plus;
- Excellent self-organization and coordination skills; ability to work under pressure.
16.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Marketing Coordinator in Timeless LLC. Write a
- Develop and implement marketing and advertising campaigns; develop an annual marketing
plan for the company’s partner brands;
- Prepare marketing reports by collecting, analyzing and summarizing sales data;
- Conduct market research in order to identify market requirements for current and future
products.
- Master’s degree in Marketing or a relevant field; at least 3 years of work experience in the field
of Marketing; strong understanding of customer and market dynamics and requirements;
- Competency in the use of MS Office software; excellent knowledge of English, Armenian and
Russian languages;
- Strong oral and writing communication skills; ability to work under pressure.
17.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Marketing Assistant in SAS Group LLC. Write a
Job responsibilities: As a Marketing Assistant, the applicant will be responsible for online
content. He/ She must have excellent written communication skills and be extremely creative in
order to express high-quality content in order to promote our company and increase recruitment
efforts.
- Basic graphic design skills; excellent written communication skills;
- Strong knowledge of Adobe Photoshop, Adobe illustrator, Corel Draw;
- Fluency in Armenian, English, Russian languages;
- Familiarity with social media sites, blogs, discussion boards, video sharing sites.
18.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System

You are applying for the position of the Administrative Assistant in Care Building Services
LLC. Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid company,
- Support project management with everyday information flow;
- Provide certain information to the accounting department regarding the project costs;
- Process incoming and outgoing correspondence and communication, provide administrative
support to the projects department.
- Bachelor’s degree, ability to communicate in written form; good English, Armenian and
Russian language skills;
- Computer proficiency in office applications;
- Good interpersonal skills and sense of discipline;
19.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Psychologist in House of Hope Children Support
Center. Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid company,
Required Qualifications:
- University degree in Psychology or Social psychology; at least 3 years’ of relevant experience
in working with children, youngsters and families at difficulties;
- Ability to work under stress; responsible and accurate personality;
- Ability to work independently as well as self-motivated and self-directed personality; team
work approach.
20.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Program Director in House of Hope Children Support
Center. Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid company,
- Help manage daily operation of program including staff and client supervision;
- Responsible for data quality review;
- Act as supervisory designee in the absence of Executive Director.
- University degree in Social Work, Psychology, Education, Management; at least 3 years’ of
work experience in related field is desirable;
- Knowledge of principles of modern staff management;
- Knowledge of methods of training multi-disciplinary professionals;
- Effective verbal and listening communications skills; excellent organizational and time
management skills.
21.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System

You are applying for the position of the HR Specialist in Flash-Tegeta Motors LLC . Write a
- Responsible for all human resource activities including employment, compensation, labor
relations, as well as for recruitment procedures;
- Perform difficult staffing duties, including dealing with under staffing, firing employees,
administering disciplinary procedures and resolving labor relation issues.
- University degree in Economics or other related fields; work experience in the field of HR;
- Basic knowledge of RA Labor Code;
- Good team player; good organizational skills; ability to work alone on a variety of projects;
- Excellent knowledge of Armenian, English, Russian, MS Office, Internet.
22.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Management Planning Specialist in Armenian Branch
of Mendez England. Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid
- Master’s or higher degree in Natural Science, particularly in Hydrology, Water Resources
Management, Environmental Science or other related discipline;
- Work experience in appropriate fields, including but not limited to hydrological research and
studies, river basin planning and management and natural sciences/ environmental studies;
- High level of fluency in English and Armenian languages (written and oral); knowledge of
Russian language is highly desirable;
- Excellent communication skills; good working knowledge of MS Office applications;
23.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Executive Assistant in EV Consulting CJSC. Write a
- Produce information by translating, editing, retrieving, copying, and transmitting text and data;
- Assist in organizing meetings, preparing documents and presentations;
- Coordinate the administrative management and payments of certain projects;
- Prepare reports by collecting and analyzing information when necessary.
- Excellent writing and verbal skills in Armenian, Russian and English languages;
- High dynamism and ability and desire to learn new things;
- Ability to orientate in a challenging environment attention to detail and accuracy
- Bachelor's degree (preferably in Humanitarian or Social Sciences).
24.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System

You are applying for the position of the Consultant in EV Consulting CJSC. Write a Covering
the following:
- Participate in analysis of companies, industries and macroeconomic environments;
- Carry out market studies, develop financial forecast models;
- Perform investment project analysis.
- Education in Economics or Business Administration; working experience of 2 years;
- Excellent writing skills in Armenian, Russian and English; excellent quantitative skills;
- Proven analytical and research skills; problem-solving skills.
25.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Product Development Manager in “Inecobank” CJSC.
- Ensure competitiveness of the bank’s products, as well as knowledge in legislative
requirements; ensure promotion and effective pricing of the products;
- Responsible for the development of customer attraction tools and implementation of control
mechanisms.
- Bachelor's degree in the field of Economics, Marketing or Finance;
- At least 1 year of professional work experience (preferably in banking); managerial experience;
- Interpersonal communication and negotiation skills; analytical skills; team work skills; ability
of personnel management;
- Good knowledge of Armenian, Russian and English; excellent knowledge of MS Word, Excel.

26.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Construction Control Specialist in VTB Bank CJSC.
- Check construction documents and design estimates of small, medium and large businesses;
- Check executive acts of construction and repair works; control construction and repair works
on the spot/ traveling to the venue;
- Provide opinion on construction works;
- University degree in Engineering, at least 3 years of work experience in the engineering;
- Ability to travel to Armenia’s regions; strong motivation and initiative; strong time
management skills, ability to work under pressure; excellent decision-making skills;
- Advanced computer skills, excellent knowledge of written and spoken Armenian and Russian
languages.
27.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Quality Supervisor in JCA Jeweler Company. Write a
Job requirements:
- deal with jewelery items quality.
- High Technical/ Economical education;
- Good knowledge of Armenian, Russian and English languages is preferred.
28.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Financial Specialist in Foreign Financing Projects
Management Center. Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid
- Collect, check and prepare documentation required for payment orders; record payment
documentation;
- Develop monthly, quarterly, six-months and annual financial reports;
- Execute the budget of the Center;
- Higher education in Finance, Accounting, 3 years of professional experience in an international
organization;
- Knowledge of legal acts, needed for the fulfilment of the responsibilities;
- Ability of reasoning and orienting in different situations; computer literacy;
- Organizational, communication, international relations regulation skills, ability to work in team
29.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Senior Auditor in “TM Audit CJSC”. Write a
- Review the clients’ accounting system and internal control system;
- Prepare audit reports; carry out audit tests, analytical procedures;
- Obtain and analyze evidentiary data; report audit findings and make recommendations for the
correction of control defects.
- Higher education; basic knowledge of International Financial Reporting Standards; basic
knowledge of the Republic of Armenia Tax and Labour legislation;
- At least 3 years of work experience in Accounting, Auditing;
- Fluency in spoken and written Armenian and English languages;
- Ability to meet deadlines with flexibility and professionalism; ability to make decisions under
pressure; problem-solving skills;
30.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Accountant in “Aregak” Universal Credit Organization
CJSC. Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid company,
- Maintain the documents in the branch offices in accordance with the RA legislation in force;
- Maintain the paper-based and electronic accounting records on economic transactions;
- Prepare and submit accounting, financial and tax reports in an accurate and timely manner;
- Perform bank transactions through branch offices;
- 2 years of experience in financial/ banking sphere, in case of higher education;
- Good organizational, negotiation and communication skills; ability to work under time
pressure; ability to work independently and as a part of team;
- Knowledge in legal acts regulating the activities of credit organizations, tax legislation;
31.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Digital Project Coordinator in Orange Armenia CJSC.
- Define, manage and lead the implementation of on-line projects;
- Create strategic technology solutions based on business goals;
- Organize detailed business specifications for product line enhancements, new products or
specific marketing programs;
- University degree in Marketing; 3 years of experience managing production of web content;
- Excellent knowledge of HTML, fluency in English; capability of written and oral expression in
a professional context;
- Proven leadership and facilitation skills; strong project management skills; highly motivated
and organized personality with the ability to multi-task and work under tight deadlines.
32.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Construction Supervisor in Mikshin LLC. Write a
- Ensure that project objectives, policies, procedures and performance standards are
implemented;
- Ensure that the project is built on schedule and within the budget;
- Monitor the progress of the work and keep management informed of project status.
- Degree in Engineering or Construction Management;
- Proven time management, prioritization and organizational skills.
33.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Financial Assistant in Peace Corps Armenia. Write a
Job responsibilities: To manage the day-to-day accounting operations. He/ she will be
responsible for preparing obligations and liquidations, participating in annual budget preparation
and analyzing financial reports. He/ she will be the primary contact for financial issues and must
be able to provide excellent customer service, occasional trainings for both the staff and the
volunteers.
Required qualification:
- Bachelor's degree in Management, Business, Accounting; 5 years of work experience in
financial management;
- Language proficiency in English and Armenian, competence in using the Internet, Microsoft
Word and Excel;
- Ability to maintain confidential information; attention to detail and ability to remain calm under
pressure; ability to travel occasionally.
34.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Chief Accountant in Darf LLC. Write a Covering
the following:
- Organize, coordinate and supervise the accounting operations of the company;
- Provide internal control; train and supervise the performance of the accounting department;
- Prepare the periodic tax reports, implement, maintain and monitor accounting policies.
- MBA in Economics, Finance and Accounting, 5 years of professional experience;
- Excellent knowledge of Tax legislation, RA Labour Code;
- Fluency in Armenian and Russian, knowledge of MS Office, business writing skills;
- Ability to work under pressure, sense of responsibility and accurateness.
35.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Web Engineer in Questrade International Inc. Write a
- Collaborate with copywriters and senior designers to execute marketing campaigns;
- Collaborate with user interface designers and .NET developers to build web applications;
- Ability to demonstrate, through web portfolio, graphic design and flash animation experience;
- Undergraduate degree or post-graduate diploma with related areas of study;
- At least 3 years of work experience.
36.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Designer in ABC Lab LLC. Write a Covering letter to
the director of HR Department of the aforesaid company, including the information on the
following:
- Design web and mobile experiences and layouts;
- Work closely with Product and Engineering teams to make sure designs flow smoothly and are
built professionally;
- Brainstorm new feature ideas, take user feedback into consideration.
- Understanding of web technologies, their capabilities, interactions and their effect on the end
user experience;
- Strong writing and interpersonal skills, including the ability to write clear, concise
documentation;
- Self-motivated personality with the ability to analyze problems and identify solutions with
minimal direction; ability to meet deadlines and project schedules and work well in a fast paced,
high-volume team environment.
37.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Web Developer in Monitis GFI CJSC. Write a
- Design and implement Web Applications;
- Take responsibility to make changes on live environment.
- University degree in the appropriate field of studies; at least 2 years of work experience;
- Ability to create professional Web pages;
-Interest in design; ability to modify things (or add things) to a given design; details-oriented
personality;
- Problem-solving and analytical skills with the ability to clearly communicate and share
solutions with fellow team members
38.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Web Designer in Monitis GFI CJSC. Write a Covering
the following:
- Create brand new concepts for promotional campaigns including web campaigns, as well as in
re-designing existing material;
- Design web-based material such as website pages, produce and edit video-based material;
- Professional/ practical experience both as a Graphic and Web Designer;
- Solid understanding of design principles; detailed knowledge of website usability issues;
- Great communication skills; fluent English skills to a technical level;
- Creative and analytical thinking; ability to work under pressure to tight deadlines;
39.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the HR Specialist in “Inecobank” CJSC. Write a Covering
the following:
- Organize and coordinate recruitment and selection of new employees;
- Maintain application database, develop job announcements and choose effective announcement
channels;
- Conduct selection of candidates, including application short listing, interviews and tests;
- Organize internal and external trainings, participate in HR management projects.
- University degree in Economics or other related fields, work experience;
- Good knowledge of banking; basic knowledge of RA Labor Code and Human Resource
Management;
- Proven knowledge of organizing and conducting trainings; good team player, excellent
interpersonal communication and presentation skills.
40.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System

You are applying for the position of the Analyst in Arka News Agency. Write a Covering
the following:
- Compile analytical reviews and forecasts related to different segments of economy;
- Compose ratings of banks, credit organizations and insurance companies;
- Monitor economy-focused websites and find financial and economic information that may be
useful for Armenia’s market.
- Higher education in Finance or Economics; professional experience in compiling analytical
surveys and forecasts on various sectors of the economy;
- Ability to work independently and in a team; self-education abilities, responsibility,
attentiveness, analytical thinking;
- Excellent knowledge of Armenian, Russian and English
41.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Office Manager in Spayka LLC. Write a Covering
the following:
- Perform duties of the Office Manager, handle phone calls; schedule and coordinate meetings;
- Arrange office documentation, maintain daily correspondence; make translations from/ to
English from/ to Armenian languages.
- Higher education, experience as an Office Manager is a plus;
- Excellent knowledge of Russian and English, excellent computer skills;
- High sense of responsibility, punctuality, communication skills; ability to work under pressure.

42.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Sales and Marketing Manager in Fruit Armenia OJSC.
- Identify markets for FA, establish and maintain customers;
- Develop and implement FA’s domestic and export sales and marketing strategies;
- Implement activities related to planning, advertising and product development;
- Together with FA colleagues, prepare and update a marketing strategy for the company;
- MBA in Marketing, Economics; 5 years of work experience in export marketing department;
- Fluency in English and Russian; competency in the use of MS Office software;
- Self-motivated personality with the ability to work without supervision, strong oral and writing
communication skills.
43.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System

You are applying for the position of the HR Coordinator in Figaro Restaurants Group. Write a
- Responsible for all human resource activities including employment, compensation, labour
relations, benefits, training and development;
- Responsible for recruitment procedures (including forms and templates), job applicants
interview procedures;
- Review applications/ resumes; evaluate applicant skills and make recommendations regarding
the applicant's qualifications;
- Knowledge of human resource disciplines and practical experience in their application;
- Quick decision-maker; ability to work on several projects with different HR standards and
policies; flexible personality with strong work ethics;
- Leading and team-building skills; stress-resistant personality.
44.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Product Manager in AtTask. Write a Covering letter
to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid company, including the information on the
following:
- Work closely with the US-based Product Management team to identify cross-product impacts
and to ensure consistency in process, planning and expectations;
- Work with the team to define the product strategy and roadmap.
- Bachelor’s degree in Computer Science, 3 years of Product Management experience;
- Excellent knowledge of both written and verbal English language;
- Ability to work on multiple tasks and prioritize personal workload;
- Innovative, proactive, analytical, collaborative and communicative personality
45.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Sales Manager in Coca-Cola HBC Armenia CJSC.
- Search potential customers; conduct commercial negotiations with customers;
- Prepare monthly sales plan; sales reports;
- Organize sales trainings, recruit the personnel;
- Monitor the effectiveness of the teamwork; - Co-operate with other managers;
- At least 2 years of work experience in this field;
- Higher education in a relevant field;
-Good knowledge of Armenian, Russian and English.
46.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the HR Specialist in “Kamurj” UCO CJSC. Write a
- Participate and organize the activities of staff recruitment;
- Test candidates who meet the requirements, present the results of the testing to the direct
supervisor; Execute control of the terms of agreements signed with the employees;
- Maintain the working hours calculation journal for the staff;
- Higher education; 1 year of HR experience;
- Knowledge of modern HR concepts, RA Labour Code, principles of administrative
organization;
- Good command of Armenian and Russian; computer skills.
- Communication skills, responsibility, promptness and punctuality
47.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Sales Consultants in Lesona LLC. Write a Covering
the following:
- Organize sales in the store; maintain and improve relationships with the clients;
- Responsible for new product, offers and activities;
- Provide customer service in the perfume store.
- Higher education; work experience in customer service;
- Knowledge of Armenian, Russian and English; computer skills;
- High sense of responsibility; good knowledge of customer service; communication skills;
- Excellent teamwork skills.
48.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Sales Specialist in “Ingo Armenia” ICJSC. Write a
- Present and sell company products and services to current and potential clients;
- Prepare presentations, proposals and sales contracts;
- Establish and maintain current client and potential client relationships;
- Identify and resolve client concerns.
- Higher education; at least 2 years of work experience as a Sales Specialist;
- Excellent knowledge of Armenian, Russian and English;
- Excellent communication and presentation skills;
- Computer literacy in Word, Excel, Power Point and Internet;
49.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Head of Legal Department in Public Television
Company CJSC. Write a Covering letter to the director of HR Department of the aforesaid
Job possibilities:
- Provide legal and procedural advice to the senior managers and employees;
- Provide legal protection and risk management advice to management;
- Provide and interpret legal information and disseminate appropriate legal requirements to staff;
- MBA in Law; 5 years of legal experience in a leading organisation and/ or state institution;
- Experience of financial services regulation;
- Excellent knowledge of Armenian, Russian and English;
- Proven ability to analyze and use complex information to support policy development.
50.
Task: 4 Writing
Scoring System
You are applying for the position of the Commercial Specialist in Lesona LLC. Write a
- Excellent knowledge of MS Word;
- Excellent teamwork skills;
- High sense of responsibility; problem-solving skills;
- Knowledge of English, Russian and Armenian.

2nd Year 1st Term

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2nd Year 1st Term

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2nd Year 1st Term

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1. Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 7, Track 7.

2. Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 7, Track 7.2

- What do you think is the 1. ____________ to successful marketing?

3 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 7, Track 7.3

4 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 7, Track 7.4

5 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 7, Track 7.7

6 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 7, Track 7.8

Martin: Anything else to 1. ______________?

7 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 7, Track 7.9

I: Have you ever bought Kristal 1. ______________ water?

8 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 8, Track 8.1

Recently we decided to open a new 1. ______________office in New York. First I arranged

9 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 2, Track 2.2

1. Online 1. ____________have to offer 2. ____________ guarantees to the 3.

10 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 1, Track 1.8

- Hello. My name’s Glen 1. ____________. That’s S-R-R-A-C-H-A-N.

11 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 1, Track 1.10

- If you’d like 1. ____________ details, please call 2.__________ Bucharest office on 00

12 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 2, Track 2.3

1. If we 1. __________ them to finish this 2.____________, they’ll have to work 3.

14 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 2, Track 2.5

1. A: If we order 200 1.__________, will you give us a 10% discount?

15 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 3, Track 3.6

Zengo Furniture Company Rt. (ZFC Rt.) 1. _______________ in manufacturing and 2.

16 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 3, Track 3.7

17 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 4, Track 4.4

1. A: Were they trying to 1. ______________ a new drug?

18 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 4, Track 4.5

19 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 4, Track 4.6

1. Right. Let’s now have a look at our 1. ____________ figures.

20 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 4, Track 4.7

21 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 5, Track 5.5

a) B: How 1. _____________ introducing 2. _____________?

1. C: What about finishing 1. ____________ on Fridays?

23 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 6, Track 6.5

1. A: David, have you 1. __________ Elisa Vasconcelos?

24 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 7, Track 7.7

1. A: Ah, hello Miss Peterson.

25 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 8, Track 8.6

1. A: We 1. ___________ an increase in sales.

26 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 8, Track 8.7

1. A: What do you usually 1. _________ after work?

28 Market Leader, Work Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 9, Track 9.8

A: Phillip’s Office 1.___________ International. Good morning.

1. A: Did the unemployment 1. ____________ decrease?

And now in our 1. ____________ programme, here is The Country in Figures.

1. And here is the business 1. ____________. This month 2. _____________ is up by 1.2

I usually 1. ____________ to work before my boss 2. ___________ and as soon as I arrive I

I: What are the most 1. ____________ causes of 2. _____________ at work?

40 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 9, Track 9.4

41 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 9, Track 9.5

A: What are you planning this evening, Rachel?

42 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 9, Track 9.6

43 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 9, Track 9.7

I: And how do you help to 1. ___________ such business disputes?

45 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 9, Track 9.1

I: What do managers 1. ___________ in order to be good managers of people?

46 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 9, Track 9.2

47 Market Leader, Course Book (Pre - Intermediate), Unit 9, Track 9.3

1. Online 1. have to offer 2. guarantees to the 3.

- If you’d like 1. __ details, please call 2. Bucharest office on 00

1. If we 1. them to finish this 2.__, they’ll have to work 3.

a) B: How 1. _ introducing 2. _?

1. And here is the business 1. . This month 2. _ is up by 1.2

I usually 1. __ to work before my boss 2. _ and as soon as I arrive I

I: What are the most 1. causes of 2. _ at work?